This tea spoon is from the wreck of the LOCH ARD, a Loch Line ship of 1,693 tons which sailed from Gravesend, London, on 2 March 1878 with 17 passengers and a crew of 36 under Captain George Gibbs. “The intention was to discharge cargo in Melbourne, before returning to London via the Horn with wool and wheat”. Instead, on 1 June 1878, after 90 days at sea, she struck the sandstone cliffs of Mutton Bird Island on the south west coast of Victoria, and sank with the loss of 52 lives and all her cargo. The manifest of the LOCH ARD listed an array of manufactured goods and bulk metals being exported to the Colony of Victoria, with a declared value of £53,700. (202 bills of lading show an actual invoice value of £68, 456, with insurance underwriting to £30,000 of all cargo). Included in the manifest is the item of “Tin hardware & cutlery £7,530”. This teaspoon is one of 482 similar items of electro-plated cutlery from the LOCH ARD site, comprising spoons and forks of various sizes but all sharing the same general shape or design and metallic composition. 49 of these pieces display a legible makers’ mark — the initials “W” and “P” placed within a raised diamond outline, which is in turn contained within a sunken crown shape — identifying the manufacturer as William Page & Co of Birmingham. An electroplater’s makers’ marks, unlike sterling silver hallmarks, are not consistent identifiers of quality or date and place of manufacture. A similar line of five impressions was usually made to impress the consumer with an implication of industry standards, but what each one actually signified was not regulated and so they varied according to the whim of the individual foundry. In this case, the maker’s marks are often obscured by sedimentary accretion or removed by corrosion after a century of submersion in the ocean. However sufficient detail has survived to indicate that these samples of electro-plated cutlery probably originated from the same consignment in the LOCH ARD’s cargo. The following descriptions of maker’s marks are drawn from 255 tea spoons, 125 dessert spoons, and 99 table forks. These marks are clearly visible in 66 instances, while the same sequence of general outlines, or depression shapes, is discernible in another 166 examples. 1. A recessed Crown containing a raised Diamond outline and the initials “W” and “P” (the recognised trademark of William Page & Co) 2. An impressed Ellipse containing a raised, pivoted, Triangle in its lower part and bearing a Resurrection Cross on its upper section (a possible dissenting church symbol reflecting religious affiliation); OR a rounded Square impression containing a raised, ‘lazy’, letter “B” (possibly mimicking sterling silver hallmark signifying city of manufacture i.e. Birmingham) 3. An impressed rounded Square filled with a raised Maltese Cross (the base metal composite of nickel silver was also known as ‘German silver’ after its Berlin inventors in 1823) 4. A recessed Circle containing a Crab or Scarab Beetle image; OR a recessed Circle containing a rotated ‘fleur de lys’ or ‘fasces’ design 5. A depressed Diamond shape enclosing a large raised letter “R” and a small raised letter “D” (mimicking the U.K. Patent Office stamp which abbreviated the term ‘registered’ to “RD”, but also included date and class of patent) Suggested trade names for William Page & Co’s particular blend of brass plating are ‘roman silver’ or ‘silverite’. This copper alloy polishes to a lustrous gold when new, discolouring to a murky grey with greenish hue when neglected. HISTORY OF THE LOCH ARD The LOCH ARD belonged to the famous Loch Line which sailed many ships from England to Australia. Built in Glasgow by Barclay, Curdle and Co. in 1873, the LOCH ARD was a three-masted square rigged iron sailing ship. The ship measured 262ft 7" (79.87m) in length, 38ft (11.58m) in width, 23ft (7m) in depth and had a gross tonnage of 1693 tons. The LOCH ARD's main mast measured a massive 150ft (45.7m) in height. LOCH ARD made three trips to Australia and one trip to Calcutta before its final voyage. LOCH ARD left England on March 2, 1878, under the command of Captain Gibbs, a newly married, 29 year old. She was bound for Melbourne with a crew of 37, plus 17 passengers and a load of cargo. The general cargo reflected the affluence of Melbourne at the time. On board were straw hats, umbrella, perfumes, clay pipes, pianos, clocks, confectionary, linen and candles, as well as a heavier load of railway irons, cement, lead and copper. There were items included that intended for display in the Melbourne International Exhibition in 1880. The voyage to Port Phillip was long but uneventful. At 3am on June 1, 1878, Captain Gibbs was expecting to see land and the passengers were becoming excited as they prepared to view their new homeland in the early morning. But LOCH ARD was running into a fog which greatly reduced visibility. Captain Gibbs was becoming anxious as there was no sign of land or the Cape Otway lighthouse. At 4am the fog lifted. A man aloft announced that he could see breakers. The sheer cliffs of Victoria's west coast came into view, and Captain Gibbs realised that the ship was much closer to them than expected. He ordered as much sail to be set as time would permit and then attempted to steer the vessel out to sea. On coming head on into the wind, the ship lost momentum, the sails fell limp and LOCH ARD's bow swung back. Gibbs then ordered the anchors to be released in an attempt to hold its position. The anchors sank some 50 fathoms - but did not hold. By this time LOCH ARD was among the breakers and the tall cliffs of Mutton Bird Island rose behind the ship. Just half a mile from the coast, the ship's bow was suddenly pulled around by the anchor. The captain tried to tack out to sea, but the ship struck a reef at the base of Mutton Bird Island, near Port Campbell. Waves broke over the ship and the top deck was loosened from the hull. The masts and rigging came crashing down knocking passengers and crew overboard. When a lifeboat was finally launched, it crashed into the side of LOCH ARD and capsized. Tom Pearce, who had launched the boat, managed to cling to its overturned hull and shelter beneath it. He drifted out to sea and then on the flood tide came into what is now known as LOCH ARD Gorge. He swam to shore, bruised and dazed, and found a cave in which to shelter. Some of the crew stayed below deck to shelter from the falling rigging but drowned when the ship slipped off the reef into deeper water. Eva Carmichael had raced onto deck to find out what was happening only to be confronted by towering cliffs looming above the stricken ship. In all the chaos, Captain Gibbs grabbed Eva and said, "If you are saved Eva, let my dear wife know that I died like a sailor". That was the last Eva Carmichael saw of the captain. She was swept off the ship by a huge wave. Eva saw Tom Pearce on a small rocky beach and yelled to attract his attention. He dived in and swam to the exhausted woman and dragged her to shore. He took her to the cave and broke open case of brandy which had washed up on the beach. He opened a bottle to revive the unconscious woman. A few hours later Tom scaled a cliff in search of help. He followed hoof prints and came by chance upon two men from nearby Glenample Station three and a half miles away. In a state of exhaustion, he told the men of the tragedy. Tom returned to the gorge while the two men rode back to the station to get help. By the time they reached LOCH ARD Gorge, it was cold and dark. The two shipwreck survivors were taken to Glenample Station to recover. Eva stayed at the station for six weeks before returning to Ireland, this time by steamship. In Melbourne, Tom Pearce received a hero's welcome. He was presented with the first gold medal of the Royal Humane Society of Victoria and a £1000 cheque from the Victorian Government. Concerts were performed to honour the young man's bravery and to raise money for those who lost family in the LOCH ARD disaster. Of the 54 crew members and passengers on board, only two survived: the apprentice, Tom Pearce and the young woman passenger, Eva Carmichael, who lost all of her family in the tragedy. Ten days after the LOCH ARD tragedy, salvage rights to the wreck were sold at auction for £2,120. Cargo valued at £3,000 was salvaged and placed on the beach, but most washed back into the sea when another storm developed. The wreck of LOCH ARD still lies at the base of Mutton Bird Island. Much of the cargo has now been salvaged and some was washed up into what is now known as LOCH ARD Gorge. Cargo and artefacts have also been illegally salvaged over many years before protective legislation was introduced. One of the most unlikely pieces of cargo to have survived the shipwreck was a Minton porcelain peacock - one of only seven in the world. The peacock was destined for the Melbourne International Exhibition in 1880. It had been well packed, which gave it adequate protection during the violent storm. Today, the Minton peacock can be seen at the Flagstaff Hill Maritime Museum in Warrnambool. From Australia's most dramatic shipwreck it has now become Australia's most valuable shipwreck artefact and is one of very few 'objects' on the Victorian State Heritage Register. The LOCH ARD shipwreck is of State significance – Victorian Heritage Register S 417. Flagstaff Hill’s collection of artefacts from LOCH ARD is significant for being one of the largest collections of artefacts from this shipwreck in Victoria. It is significant for its association with the shipwreck, which is on the Victorian Heritage Register (VHR S417). The collection is significant because of the relationship between the objects, as together they have a high potential to interpret the story of the LOCH ARD. The LOCH ARD collection is archaeologically significant as the remains of a large international passenger and cargo ship. The LOCH ARD collection is historically significant for representing aspects of Victoria’s shipping history and its potential to interpret sub-theme 1.5 of Victoria’s Framework of Historical Themes (living with natural processes). The collection is also historically significant for its association with the LOCH ARD, which was one of the worst and best known shipwrecks in Victoria’s history. Unrestored tea spoon from the wreck of the LOCH ARD. The spoon design has a flattened fiddle-back handle, with a thin stem or shank, flared collar, and elongated bowl. The spoons metallic composition is a thin layer of brass alloy which has partially corroded back to a nickel-silver base metal. Traces of original electroplating remain with some verdigris.flagstaff hill, warrnambool, shipwrecked coast, flagstaff hill maritime museum, maritime museum, shipwreck coast, flagstaff hill maritime village, great ocean road, loch line, loch ard, captain gibbs, eva carmichael, tom pearce, glenample station, mutton bird island, loch ard gorge, electroplated cutlery, loch ard shipwreck, nickel silver, william page & co, birmingham, brass plating, makers marks

This tea spoon is from the wreck of the LOCH ARD, a Loch Line ship of 1,693 tons which sailed from Gravesend, London, on 2 March 1878 with 17 passengers and a crew of 36 under Captain George Gibbs. “The intention was to discharge cargo in Melbourne, before returning to London via the Horn with wool and wheat”. Instead, on 1 June 1878, after 90 days at sea, she struck the sandstone cliffs of Mutton Bird Island on the south west coast of Victoria, and sank with the loss of 52 lives and all her cargo. The manifest of the LOCH ARD listed an array of manufactured goods and bulk metals being exported to the Colony of Victoria, with a declared value of £53,700. (202 bills of lading show an actual invoice value of £68, 456, with insurance underwriting to £30,000 of all cargo). Included in the manifest is the item of “Tin hardware & cutlery £7,530”. This teaspoon is one of 482 similar items of electro-plated cutlery from the LOCH ARD site, comprising spoons and forks of various sizes but all sharing the same general shape or design and metallic composition. 49 of these pieces display a legible makers’ mark — the initials “W” and “P” placed within a raised diamond outline, which is in turn contained within a sunken crown shape — identifying the manufacturer as William Page & Co of Birmingham. An electroplater’s makers’ marks, unlike sterling silver hallmarks, are not consistent identifiers of quality or date and place of manufacture. A similar line of five impressions was usually made to impress the consumer with an implication of industry standards, but what each one actually signified was not regulated and so they varied according to the whim of the individual foundry. In this case, the maker’s marks are often obscured by sedimentary accretion or removed by corrosion after a century of submersion in the ocean. However sufficient detail has survived to indicate that these samples of electro-plated cutlery probably originated from the same consignment in the LOCH ARD’s cargo. The following descriptions of maker’s marks are drawn from 255 tea spoons, 125 dessert spoons, and 99 table forks. These marks are clearly visible in 66 instances, while the same sequence of general outlines, or depression shapes, is discernible in another 166 examples. 1. A recessed Crown containing a raised Diamond outline and the initials “W” and “P” (the recognised trademark of William Page & Co) 2. An impressed Ellipse containing a raised, pivoted, Triangle in its lower part and bearing a Resurrection Cross on its upper section (a possible dissenting church symbol reflecting religious affiliation); OR a rounded Square impression containing a raised, ‘lazy’, letter “B” (possibly mimicking sterling silver hallmark signifying city of manufacture i.e. Birmingham) 3. An impressed rounded Square filled with a raised Maltese Cross (the base metal composite of nickel silver was also known as ‘German silver’ after its Berlin inventors in 1823) 4. A recessed Circle containing a Crab or Scarab Beetle image; OR a recessed Circle containing a rotated ‘fleur de lys’ or ‘fasces’ design 5. A depressed Diamond shape enclosing a large raised letter “R” and a small raised letter “D” (mimicking the U.K. Patent Office stamp which abbreviated the term ‘registered’ to “RD”, but also included date and class of patent) Suggested trade names for William Page & Co’s particular blend of brass plating are ‘roman silver’ or ‘silverite’. This copper alloy polishes to a lustrous gold when new, discolouring to a murky grey with greenish hue when neglected. HISTORY OF THE LOCH ARD The LOCH ARD belonged to the famous Loch Line which sailed many ships from England to Australia. Built in Glasgow by Barclay, Curdle and Co. in 1873, the LOCH ARD was a three-masted square rigged iron sailing ship. The ship measured 262ft 7" (79.87m) in length, 38ft (11.58m) in width, 23ft (7m) in depth and had a gross tonnage of 1693 tons. The LOCH ARD's main mast measured a massive 150ft (45.7m) in height. LOCH ARD made three trips to Australia and one trip to Calcutta before its final voyage. LOCH ARD left England on March 2, 1878, under the command of Captain Gibbs, a newly married, 29 year old. She was bound for Melbourne with a crew of 37, plus 17 passengers and a load of cargo. The general cargo reflected the affluence of Melbourne at the time. On board were straw hats, umbrella, perfumes, clay pipes, pianos, clocks, confectionary, linen and candles, as well as a heavier load of railway irons, cement, lead and copper. There were items included that intended for display in the Melbourne International Exhibition in 1880. The voyage to Port Phillip was long but uneventful. At 3am on June 1, 1878, Captain Gibbs was expecting to see land and the passengers were becoming excited as they prepared to view their new homeland in the early morning. But LOCH ARD was running into a fog which greatly reduced visibility. Captain Gibbs was becoming anxious as there was no sign of land or the Cape Otway lighthouse. At 4am the fog lifted. A man aloft announced that he could see breakers. The sheer cliffs of Victoria's west coast came into view, and Captain Gibbs realised that the ship was much closer to them than expected. He ordered as much sail to be set as time would permit and then attempted to steer the vessel out to sea. On coming head on into the wind, the ship lost momentum, the sails fell limp and LOCH ARD's bow swung back. Gibbs then ordered the anchors to be released in an attempt to hold its position. The anchors sank some 50 fathoms - but did not hold. By this time LOCH ARD was among the breakers and the tall cliffs of Mutton Bird Island rose behind the ship. Just half a mile from the coast, the ship's bow was suddenly pulled around by the anchor. The captain tried to tack out to sea, but the ship struck a reef at the base of Mutton Bird Island, near Port Campbell. Waves broke over the ship and the top deck was loosened from the hull. The masts and rigging came crashing down knocking passengers and crew overboard. When a lifeboat was finally launched, it crashed into the side of LOCH ARD and capsized. Tom Pearce, who had launched the boat, managed to cling to its overturned hull and shelter beneath it. He drifted out to sea and then on the flood tide came into what is now known as LOCH ARD Gorge. He swam to shore, bruised and dazed, and found a cave in which to shelter. Some of the crew stayed below deck to shelter from the falling rigging but drowned when the ship slipped off the reef into deeper water. Eva Carmichael had raced onto deck to find out what was happening only to be confronted by towering cliffs looming above the stricken ship. In all the chaos, Captain Gibbs grabbed Eva and said, "If you are saved Eva, let my dear wife know that I died like a sailor". That was the last Eva Carmichael saw of the captain. She was swept off the ship by a huge wave. Eva saw Tom Pearce on a small rocky beach and yelled to attract his attention. He dived in and swam to the exhausted woman and dragged her to shore. He took her to the cave and broke open case of brandy which had washed up on the beach. He opened a bottle to revive the unconscious woman. A few hours later Tom scaled a cliff in search of help. He followed hoof prints and came by chance upon two men from nearby Glenample Station three and a half miles away. In a state of exhaustion, he told the men of the tragedy. Tom returned to the gorge while the two men rode back to the station to get help. By the time they reached LOCH ARD Gorge, it was cold and dark. The two shipwreck survivors were taken to Glenample Station to recover. Eva stayed at the station for six weeks before returning to Ireland, this time by steamship. In Melbourne, Tom Pearce received a hero's welcome. He was presented with the first gold medal of the Royal Humane Society of Victoria and a £1000 cheque from the Victorian Government. Concerts were performed to honour the young man's bravery and to raise money for those who lost family in the LOCH ARD disaster. Of the 54 crew members and passengers on board, only two survived: the apprentice, Tom Pearce and the young woman passenger, Eva Carmichael, who lost all of her family in the tragedy. Ten days after the LOCH ARD tragedy, salvage rights to the wreck were sold at auction for £2,120. Cargo valued at £3,000 was salvaged and placed on the beach, but most washed back into the sea when another storm developed. The wreck of LOCH ARD still lies at the base of Mutton Bird Island. Much of the cargo has now been salvaged and some was washed up into what is now known as LOCH ARD Gorge. Cargo and artefacts have also been illegally salvaged over many years before protective legislation was introduced. One of the most unlikely pieces of cargo to have survived the shipwreck was a Minton porcelain peacock - one of only seven in the world. The peacock was destined for the Melbourne International Exhibition in 1880. It had been well packed, which gave it adequate protection during the violent storm. Today, the Minton peacock can be seen at the Flagstaff Hill Maritime Museum in Warrnambool. From Australia's most dramatic shipwreck it has now become Australia's most valuable shipwreck artefact and is one of very few 'objects' on The LOCH ARD shipwreck is of State significance – Victorian Heritage Register S 417. Flagstaff Hill’s collection of artefacts from LOCH ARD is significant for being one of the largest collections of artefacts from this shipwreck in Victoria. It is significant for its association with the shipwreck, which is on the Victorian Heritage Register (VHR S417). The collection is significant because of the relationship between the objects, as together they have a high potential to interpret the story of the LOCH ARD. The LOCH ARD collection is archaeologically significant as the remains of a large international passenger and cargo ship. The LOCH ARD collection is historically significant for representing aspects of Victoria’s shipping history and its potential to interpret sub-theme 1.5 of Victoria’s Framework of Historical Themes (living with natural processes). The collection is also historically significant for its association with the LOCH ARD, which was one of the worst and best known shipwrecks in Victoria’s history. Unrestored tea spoon from the wreck of the LOCH ARD. The spoon design has a flattened fiddle-back handle, with a thin stem or shank, flared collar, and elongated bowl. The spoons metallic composition is a thin layer of brass alloy which has partially corroded back to a nickel-silver base metal. Approximately 25% of original electroplating remains with some verdigris. Three outlines of makers marks visible on lower rear of handle.flagstaff hill, warrnambool, shipwrecked coast, flagstaff hill maritime museum, maritime museum, shipwreck coast, flagstaff hill maritime village, great ocean road, loch line, loch ard, captain gibbs, eva carmichael, tom pearce, glenample station, mutton bird island, loch ard gorge, electroplated cutlery, loch ard shipwreck, nickel silver, william page & co, birmingham, brass plating, makers marks

This tea spoon is from the wreck of the LOCH ARD, a Loch Line ship of 1,693 tons which sailed from Gravesend, London, on 2 March 1878 with 17 passengers and a crew of 36 under Captain George Gibbs. “The intention was to discharge cargo in Melbourne, before returning to London via the Horn with wool and wheat”. Instead, on 1 June 1878, after 90 days at sea, she struck the sandstone cliffs of Mutton Bird Island on the south west coast of Victoria, and sank with the loss of 52 lives and all her cargo. The manifest of the LOCH ARD listed an array of manufactured goods and bulk metals being exported to the Colony of Victoria, with a declared value of £53,700. (202 bills of lading show an actual invoice value of £68, 456, with insurance underwriting to £30,000 of all cargo). Included in the manifest is the item of “Tin hardware & cutlery £7,530”. This teaspoon is one of 482 similar items of electro-plated cutlery from the LOCH ARD site, comprising spoons and forks of various sizes but all sharing the same general shape or design and metallic composition. 49 of these pieces display a legible makers’ mark — the initials “W” and “P” placed within a raised diamond outline, which is in turn contained within a sunken crown shape — identifying the manufacturer as William Page & Co of Birmingham. An electroplater’s makers’ marks, unlike sterling silver hallmarks, are not consistent identifiers of quality or date and place of manufacture. A similar line of five impressions was usually made to impress the consumer with an implication of industry standards, but what each one actually signified was not regulated and so they varied according to the whim of the individual foundry. In this case, the maker’s marks are often obscured by sedimentary accretion or removed by corrosion after a century of submersion in the ocean. However sufficient detail has survived to indicate that these samples of electro-plated cutlery probably originated from the same consignment in the LOCH ARD’s cargo. The following descriptions of maker’s marks are drawn from 255 tea spoons, 125 dessert spoons, and 99 table forks. These marks are clearly visible in 66 instances, while the same sequence of general outlines, or depression shapes, is discernible in another 166 examples. 1. A recessed Crown containing a raised Diamond outline and the initials “W” and “P” (the recognised trademark of William Page & Co) 2. An impressed Ellipse containing a raised, pivoted, Triangle in its lower part and bearing a Resurrection Cross on its upper section (a possible dissenting church symbol reflecting religious affiliation); OR a rounded Square impression containing a raised, ‘lazy’, letter “B” (possibly mimicking sterling silver hallmark signifying city of manufacture i.e. Birmingham) 3. An impressed rounded Square filled with a raised Maltese Cross (the base metal composite of nickel silver was also known as ‘German silver’ after its Berlin inventors in 1823) 4. A recessed Circle containing a Crab or Scarab Beetle image; OR a recessed Circle containing a rotated ‘fleur de lys’ or ‘fasces’ design 5. A depressed Diamond shape enclosing a large raised letter “R” and a small raised letter “D” (mimicking the U.K. Patent Office stamp which abbreviated the term ‘registered’ to “RD”, but also included date and class of patent) Suggested trade names for William Page & Co’s particular blend of brass plating are ‘roman silver’ or ‘silverite’. This copper alloy polishes to a lustrous gold when new, discolouring to a murky grey with greenish hue when neglected. HISTORY OF THE LOCH ARD The LOCH ARD belonged to the famous Loch Line which sailed many ships from England to Australia. Built in Glasgow by Barclay, Curdle and Co. in 1873, the LOCH ARD was a three-masted square rigged iron sailing ship. The ship measured 262ft 7" (79.87m) in length, 38ft (11.58m) in width, 23ft (7m) in depth and had a gross tonnage of 1693 tons. The LOCH ARD's main mast measured a massive 150ft (45.7m) in height. LOCH ARD made three trips to Australia and one trip to Calcutta before its final voyage. LOCH ARD left England on March 2, 1878, under the command of Captain Gibbs, a newly married, 29 year old. She was bound for Melbourne with a crew of 37, plus 17 passengers and a load of cargo. The general cargo reflected the affluence of Melbourne at the time. On board were straw hats, umbrella, perfumes, clay pipes, pianos, clocks, confectionary, linen and candles, as well as a heavier load of railway irons, cement, lead and copper. There were items included that intended for display in the Melbourne International Exhibition in 1880. The voyage to Port Phillip was long but uneventful. At 3am on June 1, 1878, Captain Gibbs was expecting to see land and the passengers were becoming excited as they prepared to view their new homeland in the early morning. But LOCH ARD was running into a fog which greatly reduced visibility. Captain Gibbs was becoming anxious as there was no sign of land or the Cape Otway lighthouse. At 4am the fog lifted. A man aloft announced that he could see breakers. The sheer cliffs of Victoria's west coast came into view, and Captain Gibbs realised that the ship was much closer to them than expected. He ordered as much sail to be set as time would permit and then attempted to steer the vessel out to sea. On coming head on into the wind, the ship lost momentum, the sails fell limp and LOCH ARD's bow swung back. Gibbs then ordered the anchors to be released in an attempt to hold its position. The anchors sank some 50 fathoms - but did not hold. By this time LOCH ARD was among the breakers and the tall cliffs of Mutton Bird Island rose behind the ship. Just half a mile from the coast, the ship's bow was suddenly pulled around by the anchor. The captain tried to tack out to sea, but the ship struck a reef at the base of Mutton Bird Island, near Port Campbell. Waves broke over the ship and the top deck was loosened from the hull. The masts and rigging came crashing down knocking passengers and crew overboard. When a lifeboat was finally launched, it crashed into the side of LOCH ARD and capsized. Tom Pearce, who had launched the boat, managed to cling to its overturned hull and shelter beneath it. He drifted out to sea and then on the flood tide came into what is now known as LOCH ARD Gorge. He swam to shore, bruised and dazed, and found a cave in which to shelter. Some of the crew stayed below deck to shelter from the falling rigging but drowned when the ship slipped off the reef into deeper water. Eva Carmichael had raced onto deck to find out what was happening only to be confronted by towering cliffs looming above the stricken ship. In all the chaos, Captain Gibbs grabbed Eva and said, "If you are saved Eva, let my dear wife know that I died like a sailor". That was the last Eva Carmichael saw of the captain. She was swept off the ship by a huge wave. Eva saw Tom Pearce on a small rocky beach and yelled to attract his attention. He dived in and swam to the exhausted woman and dragged her to shore. He took her to the cave and broke open case of brandy which had washed up on the beach. He opened a bottle to revive the unconscious woman. A few hours later Tom scaled a cliff in search of help. He followed hoof prints and came by chance upon two men from nearby Glenample Station three and a half miles away. In a state of exhaustion, he told the men of the tragedy. Tom returned to the gorge while the two men rode back to the station to get help. By the time they reached LOCH ARD Gorge, it was cold and dark. The two shipwreck survivors were taken to Glenample Station to recover. Eva stayed at the station for six weeks before returning to Ireland, this time by steamship. In Melbourne, Tom Pearce received a hero's welcome. He was presented with the first gold medal of the Royal Humane Society of Victoria and a £1000 cheque from the Victorian Government. Concerts were performed to honour the young man's bravery and to raise money for those who lost family in the LOCH ARD disaster. Of the 54 crew members and passengers on board, only two survived: the apprentice, Tom Pearce and the young woman passenger, Eva Carmichael, who lost all of her family in the tragedy. Ten days after the LOCH ARD tragedy, salvage rights to the wreck were sold at auction for £2,120. Cargo valued at £3,000 was salvaged and placed on the beach, but most washed back into the sea when another storm developed. The wreck of LOCH ARD still lies at the base of Mutton Bird Island. Much of the cargo has now been salvaged and some was washed up into what is now known as LOCH ARD Gorge. Cargo and artefacts have also been illegally salvaged over many years before protective legislation was introduced. One of the most unlikely pieces of cargo to have survived the shipwreck was a Minton porcelain peacock - one of only seven in the world. The peacock was destined for the Melbourne International Exhibition in 1880. It had been well packed, which gave it adequate protection during the violent storm. Today, the Minton peacock can be seen at the Flagstaff Hill Maritime Museum in Warrnambool. From Australia's most dramatic shipwreck it has now become Australia's most valuable shipwreck artefact and is one of very few 'objects' on the Victorian State Heritage Register. The LOCH ARD shipwreck is of State significance – Victorian Heritage Register S 417. Flagstaff Hill’s collection of artefacts from LOCH ARD is significant for being one of the largest collections of artefacts from this shipwreck in Victoria. It is significant for its association with the shipwreck, which is on the Victorian Heritage Register (VHR S417). The collection is significant because of the relationship between the objects, as together they have a high potential to interpret the story of the LOCH ARD. The LOCH ARD collection is archaeologically significant as the remains of a large international passenger and cargo ship. The LOCH ARD collection is historically significant for representing aspects of Victoria’s shipping history and its potential to interpret sub-theme 1.5 of Victoria’s Framework of Historical Themes (living with natural processes). The collection is also historically significant for its association with the LOCH ARD, which was one of the worst and best known shipwrecks in Victoria’s history. Unrestored tea spoon from the wreck of the LOCH ARD. The spoon design has a flattened fiddle-back handle, with a thin stem or shank, flared collar, and elongated bowl. The spoons metallic composition is a thin layer of brass alloy which has partially corroded back to a nickel-silver base metal. Traces of original electroplating remain with some verdigris. Outlines of three makers marks are visible on lower rear of handle.flagstaff hill, warrnambool, shipwrecked coast, flagstaff hill maritime museum, maritime museum, shipwreck coast, flagstaff hill maritime village, great ocean road, loch line, loch ard, captain gibbs, eva carmichael, tom pearce, glenample station, mutton bird island, loch ard gorge, electroplated cutlery, loch ard shipwreck, nickel silver, william page & co, birmingham, brass plating, makers marks

This tea spoon is from the wreck of the LOCH ARD, a Loch Line ship of 1,693 tons which sailed from Gravesend, London, on 2 March 1878 with 17 passengers and a crew of 36 under Captain George Gibbs. “The intention was to discharge cargo in Melbourne, before returning to London via the Horn with wool and wheat”. Instead, on 1 June 1878, after 90 days at sea, she struck the sandstone cliffs of Mutton Bird Island on the south west coast of Victoria, and sank with the loss of 52 lives and all her cargo. The manifest of the LOCH ARD listed an array of manufactured goods and bulk metals being exported to the Colony of Victoria, with a declared value of £53,700. (202 bills of lading show an actual invoice value of £68, 456, with insurance underwriting to £30,000 of all cargo). Included in the manifest is the item of “Tin hardware & cutlery £7,530”. This teaspoon is one of 482 similar items of electro-plated cutlery from the LOCH ARD site, comprising spoons and forks of various sizes but all sharing the same general shape or design and metallic composition. 49 of these pieces display a legible makers’ mark — the initials “W” and “P” placed within a raised diamond outline, which is in turn contained within a sunken crown shape — identifying the manufacturer as William Page & Co of Birmingham. An electroplater’s makers’ marks, unlike sterling silver hallmarks, are not consistent identifiers of quality or date and place of manufacture. A similar line of five impressions was usually made to impress the consumer with an implication of industry standards, but what each one actually signified was not regulated and so they varied according to the whim of the individual foundry. In this case, the maker’s marks are often obscured by sedimentary accretion or removed by corrosion after a century of submersion in the ocean. However sufficient detail has survived to indicate that these samples of electro-plated cutlery probably originated from the same consignment in the LOCH ARD’s cargo. The following descriptions of maker’s marks are drawn from 255 tea spoons, 125 dessert spoons, and 99 table forks. These marks are clearly visible in 66 instances, while the same sequence of general outlines, or depression shapes, is discernible in another 166 examples. 1. A recessed Crown containing a raised Diamond outline and the initials “W” and “P” (the recognised trademark of William Page & Co) 2. An impressed Ellipse containing a raised, pivoted, Triangle in its lower part and bearing a Resurrection Cross on its upper section (a possible dissenting church symbol reflecting religious affiliation); OR a rounded Square impression containing a raised, ‘lazy’, letter “B” (possibly mimicking sterling silver hallmark signifying city of manufacture i.e. Birmingham) 3. An impressed rounded Square filled with a raised Maltese Cross (the base metal composite of nickel silver was also known as ‘German silver’ after its Berlin inventors in 1823) 4. A recessed Circle containing a Crab or Scarab Beetle image; OR a recessed Circle containing a rotated ‘fleur de lys’ or ‘fasces’ design 5. A depressed Diamond shape enclosing a large raised letter “R” and a small raised letter “D” (mimicking the U.K. Patent Office stamp which abbreviated the term ‘registered’ to “RD”, but also included date and class of patent) Suggested trade names for William Page & Co’s particular blend of brass plating are ‘roman silver’ or ‘silverite’. This copper alloy polishes to a lustrous gold when new, discolouring to a murky grey with greenish hue when neglected. HISTORY OF THE LOCH ARD The LOCH ARD belonged to the famous Loch Line which sailed many ships from England to Australia. Built in Glasgow by Barclay, Curdle and Co. in 1873, the LOCH ARD was a three-masted square rigged iron sailing ship. The ship measured 262ft 7" (79.87m) in length, 38ft (11.58m) in width, 23ft (7m) in depth and had a gross tonnage of 1693 tons. The LOCH ARD's main mast measured a massive 150ft (45.7m) in height. LOCH ARD made three trips to Australia and one trip to Calcutta before its final voyage. LOCH ARD left England on March 2, 1878, under the command of Captain Gibbs, a newly married, 29 year old. She was bound for Melbourne with a crew of 37, plus 17 passengers and a load of cargo. The general cargo reflected the affluence of Melbourne at the time. On board were straw hats, umbrella, perfumes, clay pipes, pianos, clocks, confectionary, linen and candles, as well as a heavier load of railway irons, cement, lead and copper. There were items included that intended for display in the Melbourne International Exhibition in 1880. The voyage to Port Phillip was long but uneventful. At 3am on June 1, 1878, Captain Gibbs was expecting to see land and the passengers were becoming excited as they prepared to view their new homeland in the early morning. But LOCH ARD was running into a fog which greatly reduced visibility. Captain Gibbs was becoming anxious as there was no sign of land or the Cape Otway lighthouse. At 4am the fog lifted. A man aloft announced that he could see breakers. The sheer cliffs of Victoria's west coast came into view, and Captain Gibbs realised that the ship was much closer to them than expected. He ordered as much sail to be set as time would permit and then attempted to steer the vessel out to sea. On coming head on into the wind, the ship lost momentum, the sails fell limp and LOCH ARD's bow swung back. Gibbs then ordered the anchors to be released in an attempt to hold its position. The anchors sank some 50 fathoms - but did not hold. By this time LOCH ARD was among the breakers and the tall cliffs of Mutton Bird Island rose behind the ship. Just half a mile from the coast, the ship's bow was suddenly pulled around by the anchor. The captain tried to tack out to sea, but the ship struck a reef at the base of Mutton Bird Island, near Port Campbell. Waves broke over the ship and the top deck was loosened from the hull. The masts and rigging came crashing down knocking passengers and crew overboard. When a lifeboat was finally launched, it crashed into the side of LOCH ARD and capsized. Tom Pearce, who had launched the boat, managed to cling to its overturned hull and shelter beneath it. He drifted out to sea and then on the flood tide came into what is now known as LOCH ARD Gorge. He swam to shore, bruised and dazed, and found a cave in which to shelter. Some of the crew stayed below deck to shelter from the falling rigging but drowned when the ship slipped off the reef into deeper water. Eva Carmichael had raced onto deck to find out what was happening only to be confronted by towering cliffs looming above the stricken ship. In all the chaos, Captain Gibbs grabbed Eva and said, "If you are saved Eva, let my dear wife know that I died like a sailor". That was the last Eva Carmichael saw of the captain. She was swept off the ship by a huge wave. Eva saw Tom Pearce on a small rocky beach and yelled to attract his attention. He dived in and swam to the exhausted woman and dragged her to shore. He took her to the cave and broke open case of brandy which had washed up on the beach. He opened a bottle to revive the unconscious woman. A few hours later Tom scaled a cliff in search of help. He followed hoof prints and came by chance upon two men from nearby Glenample Station three and a half miles away. In a state of exhaustion, he told the men of the tragedy. Tom returned to the gorge while the two men rode back to the station to get help. By the time they reached LOCH ARD Gorge, it was cold and dark. The two shipwreck survivors were taken to Glenample Station to recover. Eva stayed at the station for six weeks before returning to Ireland, this time by steamship. In Melbourne, Tom Pearce received a hero's welcome. He was presented with the first gold medal of the Royal Humane Society of Victoria and a £1000 cheque from the Victorian Government. Concerts were performed to honour the young man's bravery and to raise money for those who lost family in the LOCH ARD disaster. Of the 54 crew members and passengers on board, only two survived: the apprentice, Tom Pearce and the young woman passenger, Eva Carmichael, who lost all of her family in the tragedy. Ten days after the LOCH ARD tragedy, salvage rights to the wreck were sold at auction for £2,120. Cargo valued at £3,000 was salvaged and placed on the beach, but most washed back into the sea when another storm developed. The wreck of LOCH ARD still lies at the base of Mutton Bird Island. Much of the cargo has now been salvaged and some was washed up into what is now known as LOCH ARD Gorge. Cargo and artefacts have also been illegally salvaged over many years before protective legislation was introduced. One of the most unlikely pieces of cargo to have survived the shipwreck was a Minton porcelain peacock - one of only seven in the world. The peacock was destined for the Melbourne International Exhibition in 1880. It had been well packed, which gave it adequate protection during the violent storm. Today, the Minton peacock can be seen at the Flagstaff Hill Maritime Museum in Warrnambool. From Australia's most dramatic shipwreck it has now become Australia's most valuable shipwreck artefact and is one of very few 'objects' on the Victorian State Heritage Register. The LOCH ARD shipwreck is of State significance – Victorian Heritage Register S 417. Flagstaff Hill’s collection of artefacts from LOCH ARD is significant for being one of the largest collections of artefacts from this shipwreck in Victoria. It is significant for its association with the shipwreck, which is on the Victorian Heritage Register (VHR S417). The collection is significant because of the relationship between the objects, as together they have a high potential to interpret the story of the LOCH ARD. The LOCH ARD collection is archaeologically significant as the remains of a large international passenger and cargo ship. The LOCH ARD collection is historically significant for representing aspects of Victoria’s shipping history and its potential to interpret sub-theme 1.5 of Victoria’s Framework of Historical Themes (living with natural processes). The collection is also historically significant for its association with the LOCH ARD, which was one of the worst and best known shipwrecks in Victoria’s history. Unrestored tea spoon from the wreck of the LOCH ARD. The spoon design has a flattened fiddle-back handle, with a thin stem or shank, flared collar, and elongated bowl. The spoons metallic composition is a thin layer of brass alloy which has partially corroded back to a nickel-silver base metal. Approximately 40% of original electroplating remains with some verdigris. Bowl edges are damaged. Three outlines of makers marks are visible on lower rear of handle.flagstaff hill, warrnambool, shipwrecked coast, flagstaff hill maritime museum, maritime museum, shipwreck coast, flagstaff hill maritime village, great ocean road, loch line, loch ard, captain gibbs, eva carmichael, tom pearce, glenample station, mutton bird island, loch ard gorge, electroplated cutlery, loch ard shipwreck, nickel silver, william page & co, birmingham, brass plating, makers marks

This tea spoon is from the wreck of the LOCH ARD, a Loch Line ship of 1,693 tons which sailed from Gravesend, London, on 2 March 1878 with 17 passengers and a crew of 36 under Captain George Gibbs. “The intention was to discharge cargo in Melbourne, before returning to London via the Horn with wool and wheat”. Instead, on 1 June 1878, after 90 days at sea, she struck the sandstone cliffs of Mutton Bird Island on the south west coast of Victoria, and sank with the loss of 52 lives and all her cargo. The manifest of the LOCH ARD listed an array of manufactured goods and bulk metals being exported to the Colony of Victoria, with a declared value of £53,700. (202 bills of lading show an actual invoice value of £68, 456, with insurance underwriting to £30,000 of all cargo). Included in the manifest is the item of “Tin hardware & cutlery £7,530”. This teaspoon is one of 482 similar items of electro-plated cutlery from the LOCH ARD site, comprising spoons and forks of various sizes but all sharing the same general shape or design and metallic composition. 49 of these pieces display a legible makers’ mark — the initials “W” and “P” placed within a raised diamond outline, which is in turn contained within a sunken crown shape — identifying the manufacturer as William Page & Co of Birmingham. An electroplater’s makers’ marks, unlike sterling silver hallmarks, are not consistent identifiers of quality or date and place of manufacture. A similar line of five impressions was usually made to impress the consumer with an implication of industry standards, but what each one actually signified was not regulated and so they varied according to the whim of the individual foundry. In this case, the maker’s marks are often obscured by sedimentary accretion or removed by corrosion after a century of submersion in the ocean. However sufficient detail has survived to indicate that these samples of electro-plated cutlery probably originated from the same consignment in the LOCH ARD’s cargo. The following descriptions of maker’s marks are drawn from 255 tea spoons, 125 dessert spoons, and 99 table forks. These marks are clearly visible in 66 instances, while the same sequence of general outlines, or depression shapes, is discernible in another 166 examples. 1. A recessed Crown containing a raised Diamond outline and the initials “W” and “P” (the recognised trademark of William Page & Co) 2. An impressed Ellipse containing a raised, pivoted, Triangle in its lower part and bearing a Resurrection Cross on its upper section (a possible dissenting church symbol reflecting religious affiliation); OR a rounded Square impression containing a raised, ‘lazy’, letter “B” (possibly mimicking sterling silver hallmark signifying city of manufacture i.e. Birmingham) 3. An impressed rounded Square filled with a raised Maltese Cross (the base metal composite of nickel silver was also known as ‘German silver’ after its Berlin inventors in 1823) 4. A recessed Circle containing a Crab or Scarab Beetle image; OR a recessed Circle containing a rotated ‘fleur de lys’ or ‘fasces’ design 5. A depressed Diamond shape enclosing a large raised letter “R” and a small raised letter “D” (mimicking the U.K. Patent Office stamp which abbreviated the term ‘registered’ to “RD”, but also included date and class of patent) Suggested trade names for William Page & Co’s particular blend of brass plating are ‘roman silver’ or ‘silverite’. This copper alloy polishes to a lustrous gold when new, discolouring to a murky grey with greenish hue when neglected. HISTORY OF THE LOCH ARD The LOCH ARD belonged to the famous Loch Line which sailed many ships from England to Australia. Built in Glasgow by Barclay, Curdle and Co. in 1873, the LOCH ARD was a three-masted square rigged iron sailing ship. The ship measured 262ft 7" (79.87m) in length, 38ft (11.58m) in width, 23ft (7m) in depth and had a gross tonnage of 1693 tons. The LOCH ARD's main mast measured a massive 150ft (45.7m) in height. LOCH ARD made three trips to Australia and one trip to Calcutta before its final voyage. LOCH ARD left England on March 2, 1878, under the command of Captain Gibbs, a newly married, 29 year old. She was bound for Melbourne with a crew of 37, plus 17 passengers and a load of cargo. The general cargo reflected the affluence of Melbourne at the time. On board were straw hats, umbrella, perfumes, clay pipes, pianos, clocks, confectionary, linen and candles, as well as a heavier load of railway irons, cement, lead and copper. There were items included that intended for display in the Melbourne International Exhibition in 1880. The voyage to Port Phillip was long but uneventful. At 3am on June 1, 1878, Captain Gibbs was expecting to see land and the passengers were becoming excited as they prepared to view their new homeland in the early morning. But LOCH ARD was running into a fog which greatly reduced visibility. Captain Gibbs was becoming anxious as there was no sign of land or the Cape Otway lighthouse. At 4am the fog lifted. A man aloft announced that he could see breakers. The sheer cliffs of Victoria's west coast came into view, and Captain Gibbs realised that the ship was much closer to them than expected. He ordered as much sail to be set as time would permit and then attempted to steer the vessel out to sea. On coming head on into the wind, the ship lost momentum, the sails fell limp and LOCH ARD's bow swung back. Gibbs then ordered the anchors to be released in an attempt to hold its position. The anchors sank some 50 fathoms - but did not hold. By this time LOCH ARD was among the breakers and the tall cliffs of Mutton Bird Island rose behind the ship. Just half a mile from the coast, the ship's bow was suddenly pulled around by the anchor. The captain tried to tack out to sea, but the ship struck a reef at the base of Mutton Bird Island, near Port Campbell. Waves broke over the ship and the top deck was loosened from the hull. The masts and rigging came crashing down knocking passengers and crew overboard. When a lifeboat was finally launched, it crashed into the side of LOCH ARD and capsized. Tom Pearce, who had launched the boat, managed to cling to its overturned hull and shelter beneath it. He drifted out to sea and then on the flood tide came into what is now known as LOCH ARD Gorge. He swam to shore, bruised and dazed, and found a cave in which to shelter. Some of the crew stayed below deck to shelter from the falling rigging but drowned when the ship slipped off the reef into deeper water. Eva Carmichael had raced onto deck to find out what was happening only to be confronted by towering cliffs looming above the stricken ship. In all the chaos, Captain Gibbs grabbed Eva and said, "If you are saved Eva, let my dear wife know that I died like a sailor". That was the last Eva Carmichael saw of the captain. She was swept off the ship by a huge wave. Eva saw Tom Pearce on a small rocky beach and yelled to attract his attention. He dived in and swam to the exhausted woman and dragged her to shore. He took her to the cave and broke open case of brandy which had washed up on the beach. He opened a bottle to revive the unconscious woman. A few hours later Tom scaled a cliff in search of help. He followed hoof prints and came by chance upon two men from nearby Glenample Station three and a half miles away. In a state of exhaustion, he told the men of the tragedy. Tom returned to the gorge while the two men rode back to the station to get help. By the time they reached LOCH ARD Gorge, it was cold and dark. The two shipwreck survivors were taken to Glenample Station to recover. Eva stayed at the station for six weeks before returning to Ireland, this time by steamship. In Melbourne, Tom Pearce received a hero's welcome. He was presented with the first gold medal of the Royal Humane Society of Victoria and a £1000 cheque from the Victorian Government. Concerts were performed to honour the young man's bravery and to raise money for those who lost family in the LOCH ARD disaster. Of the 54 crew members and passengers on board, only two survived: the apprentice, Tom Pearce and the young woman passenger, Eva Carmichael, who lost all of her family in the tragedy. Ten days after the LOCH ARD tragedy, salvage rights to the wreck were sold at auction for £2,120. Cargo valued at £3,000 was salvaged and placed on the beach, but most washed back into the sea when another storm developed. The wreck of LOCH ARD still lies at the base of Mutton Bird Island. Much of the cargo has now been salvaged and some was washed up into what is now known as LOCH ARD Gorge. Cargo and artefacts have also been illegally salvaged over many years before protective legislation was introduced. One of the most unlikely pieces of cargo to have survived the shipwreck was a Minton porcelain peacock - one of only seven in the world. The peacock was destined for the Melbourne International Exhibition in 1880. It had been well packed, which gave it adequate protection during the violent storm. Today, the Minton peacock can be seen at the Flagstaff Hill Maritime Museum in Warrnambool. From Australia's most dramatic shipwreck it has now become Australia's most valuable shipwreck artefact and is one of very few 'objects' on the Victorian State Heritage Register. The LOCH ARD shipwreck is of State significance – Victorian Heritage Register S 417. Flagstaff Hill’s collection of artefacts from LOCH ARD is significant for being one of the largest collections of artefacts from this shipwreck in Victoria. It is significant for its association with the shipwreck, which is on the Victorian Heritage Register (VHR S417). The collection is significant because of the relationship between the objects, as together they have a high potential to interpret the story of the LOCH ARD. The LOCH ARD collection is archaeologically significant as the remains of a large international passenger and cargo ship. The LOCH ARD collection is historically significant for representing aspects of Victoria’s shipping history and its potential to interpret sub-theme 1.5 of Victoria’s Framework of Historical Themes (living with natural processes). The collection is also historically significant for its association with the LOCH ARD, which was one of the worst and best known shipwrecks in Victoria’s history. Unrestored tea spoon from the wreck of the LOCH ARD. The spoon design has a flattened fiddle-back handle, with a thin stem or shank, flared collar, and elongated bowl. The spoons metallic composition is a thin layer of brass alloy which has partially corroded back to a nickel-silver base metal. Only 30% of original electroplating remains with some verdigris. Outlines of five makers marks are visible on lower rear of handle.flagstaff hill, warrnambool, shipwrecked coast, flagstaff hill maritime museum, maritime museum, shipwreck coast, flagstaff hill maritime village, great ocean road, loch line, loch ard, captain gibbs, eva carmichael, tom pearce, glenample station, mutton bird island, loch ard gorge, electroplated cutlery, loch ard shipwreck, nickel silver, william page & co, birmingham, brass plating, makers marks

This tea spoon is from the wreck of the LOCH ARD, a Loch Line ship of 1,693 tons which sailed from Gravesend, London, on 2 March 1878 with 17 passengers and a crew of 36 under Captain George Gibbs. “The intention was to discharge cargo in Melbourne, before returning to London via the Horn with wool and wheat”. Instead, on 1 June 1878, after 90 days at sea, she struck the sandstone cliffs of Mutton Bird Island on the south west coast of Victoria, and sank with the loss of 52 lives and all her cargo. The manifest of the LOCH ARD listed an array of manufactured goods and bulk metals being exported to the Colony of Victoria, with a declared value of £53,700. (202 bills of lading show an actual invoice value of £68, 456, with insurance underwriting to £30,000 of all cargo). Included in the manifest is the item of “Tin hardware & cutlery £7,530”. This teaspoon is one of 482 similar items of electro-plated cutlery from the LOCH ARD site, comprising spoons and forks of various sizes but all sharing the same general shape or design and metallic composition. 49 of these pieces display a legible makers’ mark — the initials “W” and “P” placed within a raised diamond outline, which is in turn contained within a sunken crown shape — identifying the manufacturer as William Page & Co of Birmingham. An electroplater’s makers’ marks, unlike sterling silver hallmarks, are not consistent identifiers of quality or date and place of manufacture. A similar line of five impressions was usually made to impress the consumer with an implication of industry standards, but what each one actually signified was not regulated and so they varied according to the whim of the individual foundry. In this case, the maker’s marks are often obscured by sedimentary accretion or removed by corrosion after a century of submersion in the ocean. However sufficient detail has survived to indicate that these samples of electro-plated cutlery probably originated from the same consignment in the LOCH ARD’s cargo. The following descriptions of maker’s marks are drawn from 255 tea spoons, 125 dessert spoons, and 99 table forks. These marks are clearly visible in 66 instances, while the same sequence of general outlines, or depression shapes, is discernible in another 166 examples. 1. A recessed Crown containing a raised Diamond outline and the initials “W” and “P” (the recognised trademark of William Page & Co) 2. An impressed Ellipse containing a raised, pivoted, Triangle in its lower part and bearing a Resurrection Cross on its upper section (a possible dissenting church symbol reflecting religious affiliation); OR a rounded Square impression containing a raised, ‘lazy’, letter “B” (possibly mimicking sterling silver hallmark signifying city of manufacture i.e. Birmingham) 3. An impressed rounded Square filled with a raised Maltese Cross (the base metal composite of nickel silver was also known as ‘German silver’ after its Berlin inventors in 1823) 4. A recessed Circle containing a Crab or Scarab Beetle image; OR a recessed Circle containing a rotated ‘fleur de lys’ or ‘fasces’ design 5. A depressed Diamond shape enclosing a large raised letter “R” and a small raised letter “D” (mimicking the U.K. Patent Office stamp which abbreviated the term ‘registered’ to “RD”, but also included date and class of patent) Suggested trade names for William Page & Co’s particular blend of brass plating are ‘roman silver’ or ‘silverite’. This copper alloy polishes to a lustrous gold when new, discolouring to a murky grey with greenish hue when neglected. HISTORY OF THE LOCH ARD The LOCH ARD belonged to the famous Loch Line which sailed many ships from England to Australia. Built in Glasgow by Barclay, Curdle and Co. in 1873, the LOCH ARD was a three-masted square rigged iron sailing ship. The ship measured 262ft 7" (79.87m) in length, 38ft (11.58m) in width, 23ft (7m) in depth and had a gross tonnage of 1693 tons. The LOCH ARD's main mast measured a massive 150ft (45.7m) in height. LOCH ARD made three trips to Australia and one trip to Calcutta before its final voyage. LOCH ARD left England on March 2, 1878, under the command of Captain Gibbs, a newly married, 29 year old. She was bound for Melbourne with a crew of 37, plus 17 passengers and a load of cargo. The general cargo reflected the affluence of Melbourne at the time. On board were straw hats, umbrella, perfumes, clay pipes, pianos, clocks, confectionary, linen and candles, as well as a heavier load of railway irons, cement, lead and copper. There were items included that intended for display in the Melbourne International Exhibition in 1880. The voyage to Port Phillip was long but uneventful. At 3am on June 1, 1878, Captain Gibbs was expecting to see land and the passengers were becoming excited as they prepared to view their new homeland in the early morning. But LOCH ARD was running into a fog which greatly reduced visibility. Captain Gibbs was becoming anxious as there was no sign of land or the Cape Otway lighthouse. At 4am the fog lifted. A man aloft announced that he could see breakers. The sheer cliffs of Victoria's west coast came into view, and Captain Gibbs realised that the ship was much closer to them than expected. He ordered as much sail to be set as time would permit and then attempted to steer the vessel out to sea. On coming head on into the wind, the ship lost momentum, the sails fell limp and LOCH ARD's bow swung back. Gibbs then ordered the anchors to be released in an attempt to hold its position. The anchors sank some 50 fathoms - but did not hold. By this time LOCH ARD was among the breakers and the tall cliffs of Mutton Bird Island rose behind the ship. Just half a mile from the coast, the ship's bow was suddenly pulled around by the anchor. The captain tried to tack out to sea, but the ship struck a reef at the base of Mutton Bird Island, near Port Campbell. Waves broke over the ship and the top deck was loosened from the hull. The masts and rigging came crashing down knocking passengers and crew overboard. When a lifeboat was finally launched, it crashed into the side of LOCH ARD and capsized. Tom Pearce, who had launched the boat, managed to cling to its overturned hull and shelter beneath it. He drifted out to sea and then on the flood tide came into what is now known as LOCH ARD Gorge. He swam to shore, bruised and dazed, and found a cave in which to shelter. Some of the crew stayed below deck to shelter from the falling rigging but drowned when the ship slipped off the reef into deeper water. Eva Carmichael had raced onto deck to find out what was happening only to be confronted by towering cliffs looming above the stricken ship. In all the chaos, Captain Gibbs grabbed Eva and said, "If you are saved Eva, let my dear wife know that I died like a sailor". That was the last Eva Carmichael saw of the captain. She was swept off the ship by a huge wave. Eva saw Tom Pearce on a small rocky beach and yelled to attract his attention. He dived in and swam to the exhausted woman and dragged her to shore. He took her to the cave and broke open case of brandy which had washed up on the beach. He opened a bottle to revive the unconscious woman. A few hours later Tom scaled a cliff in search of help. He followed hoof prints and came by chance upon two men from nearby Glenample Station three and a half miles away. In a state of exhaustion, he told the men of the tragedy. Tom returned to the gorge while the two men rode back to the station to get help. By the time they reached LOCH ARD Gorge, it was cold and dark. The two shipwreck survivors were taken to Glenample Station to recover. Eva stayed at the station for six weeks before returning to Ireland, this time by steamship. In Melbourne, Tom Pearce received a hero's welcome. He was presented with the first gold medal of the Royal Humane Society of Victoria and a £1000 cheque from the Victorian Government. Concerts were performed to honour the young man's bravery and to raise money for those who lost family in the LOCH ARD disaster. Of the 54 crew members and passengers on board, only two survived: the apprentice, Tom Pearce and the young woman passenger, Eva Carmichael, who lost all of her family in the tragedy. Ten days after the LOCH ARD tragedy, salvage rights to the wreck were sold at auction for £2,120. Cargo valued at £3,000 was salvaged and placed on the beach, but most washed back into the sea when another storm developed. The wreck of LOCH ARD still lies at the base of Mutton Bird Island. Much of the cargo has now been salvaged and some was washed up into what is now known as LOCH ARD Gorge. Cargo and artefacts have also been illegally salvaged over many years before protective legislation was introduced. One of the most unlikely pieces of cargo to have survived the shipwreck was a Minton porcelain peacock - one of only seven in the world. The peacock was destined for the Melbourne International Exhibition in 1880. It had been well packed, which gave it adequate protection during the violent storm. Today, the Minton peacock can be seen at the Flagstaff Hill Maritime Museum in Warrnambool. From Australia's most dramatic shipwreck it has now become Australia's most valuable shipwreck artefact and is one of very few 'objects' on the Victorian State Heritage Register. The LOCH ARD shipwreck is of State significance – Victorian Heritage Register S 417. Flagstaff Hill’s collection of artefacts from LOCH ARD is significant for being one of the largest collections of artefacts from this shipwreck in Victoria. It is significant for its association with the shipwreck, which is on the Victorian Heritage Register (VHR S417). The collection is significant because of the relationship between the objects, as together they have a high potential to interpret the story of the LOCH ARD. The LOCH ARD collection is archaeologically significant as the remains of a large international passenger and cargo ship. The LOCH ARD collection is historically significant for representing aspects of Victoria’s shipping history and its potential to interpret sub-theme 1.5 of Victoria’s Framework of Historical Themes (living with natural processes). The collection is also historically significant for its association with the LOCH ARD, which was one of the worst and best known shipwrecks in Victoria’s history. Unrestored tea spoon from the wreck of the LOCH ARD. The spoon design has a flattened fiddle-back handle, with a thin stem or shank, flared collar, and elongated bowl. The spoons metallic composition is a thin layer of brass alloy which has partially corroded back to a nickel-silver base metal. Traces of original electroplating remain (15%) with some verdigris (15%). Spoon has worn edges.flagstaff hill, warrnambool, shipwrecked coast, flagstaff hill maritime museum, maritime museum, shipwreck coast, flagstaff hill maritime village, great ocean road, loch line, loch ard, captain gibbs, eva carmichael, tom pearce, glenample station, mutton bird island, loch ard gorge, electroplated cutlery, loch ard shipwreck, nickel silver, william page & co, birmingham, brass plating, makers marks

This tea spoon is from the wreck of the LOCH ARD, a Loch Line ship of 1,693 tons which sailed from Gravesend, London, on 2 March 1878 with 17 passengers and a crew of 36 under Captain George Gibbs. “The intention was to discharge cargo in Melbourne, before returning to London via the Horn with wool and wheat”. Instead, on 1 June 1878, after 90 days at sea, she struck the sandstone cliffs of Mutton Bird Island on the south west coast of Victoria, and sank with the loss of 52 lives and all her cargo. The manifest of the LOCH ARD listed an array of manufactured goods and bulk metals being exported to the Colony of Victoria, with a declared value of £53,700. (202 bills of lading show an actual invoice value of £68, 456, with insurance underwriting to £30,000 of all cargo). Included in the manifest is the item of “Tin hardware & cutlery £7,530”. This teaspoon is one of 482 similar items of electro-plated cutlery from the LOCH ARD site, comprising spoons and forks of various sizes but all sharing the same general shape or design and metallic composition. 49 of these pieces display a legible makers’ mark — the initials “W” and “P” placed within a raised diamond outline, which is in turn contained within a sunken crown shape — identifying the manufacturer as William Page & Co of Birmingham. An electroplater’s makers’ marks, unlike sterling silver hallmarks, are not consistent identifiers of quality or date and place of manufacture. A similar line of five impressions was usually made to impress the consumer with an implication of industry standards, but what each one actually signified was not regulated and so they varied according to the whim of the individual foundry. In this case, the maker’s marks are often obscured by sedimentary accretion or removed by corrosion after a century of submersion in the ocean. However sufficient detail has survived to indicate that these samples of electro-plated cutlery probably originated from the same consignment in the LOCH ARD’s cargo. The following descriptions of maker’s marks are drawn from 255 tea spoons, 125 dessert spoons, and 99 table forks. These marks are clearly visible in 66 instances, while the same sequence of general outlines, or depression shapes, is discernible in another 166 examples. 1. A recessed Crown containing a raised Diamond outline and the initials “W” and “P” (the recognised trademark of William Page & Co) 2. An impressed Ellipse containing a raised, pivoted, Triangle in its lower part and bearing a Resurrection Cross on its upper section (a possible dissenting church symbol reflecting religious affiliation); OR a rounded Square impression containing a raised, ‘lazy’, letter “B” (possibly mimicking sterling silver hallmark signifying city of manufacture i.e. Birmingham) 3. An impressed rounded Square filled with a raised Maltese Cross (the base metal composite of nickel silver was also known as ‘German silver’ after its Berlin inventors in 1823) 4. A recessed Circle containing a Crab or Scarab Beetle image; OR a recessed Circle containing a rotated ‘fleur de lys’ or ‘fasces’ design 5. A depressed Diamond shape enclosing a large raised letter “R” and a small raised letter “D” (mimicking the U.K. Patent Office stamp which abbreviated the term ‘registered’ to “RD”, but also included date and class of patent) Suggested trade names for William Page & Co’s particular blend of brass plating are ‘roman silver’ or ‘silverite’. This copper alloy polishes to a lustrous gold when new, discolouring to a murky grey with greenish hue when neglected. HISTORY OF THE LOCH ARD The LOCH ARD belonged to the famous Loch Line which sailed many ships from England to Australia. Built in Glasgow by Barclay, Curdle and Co. in 1873, the LOCH ARD was a three-masted square rigged iron sailing ship. The ship measured 262ft 7" (79.87m) in length, 38ft (11.58m) in width, 23ft (7m) in depth and had a gross tonnage of 1693 tons. The LOCH ARD's main mast measured a massive 150ft (45.7m) in height. LOCH ARD made three trips to Australia and one trip to Calcutta before its final voyage. LOCH ARD left England on March 2, 1878, under the command of Captain Gibbs, a newly married, 29 year old. She was bound for Melbourne with a crew of 37, plus 17 passengers and a load of cargo. The general cargo reflected the affluence of Melbourne at the time. On board were straw hats, umbrella, perfumes, clay pipes, pianos, clocks, confectionary, linen and candles, as well as a heavier load of railway irons, cement, lead and copper. There were items included that intended for display in the Melbourne International Exhibition in 1880. The voyage to Port Phillip was long but uneventful. At 3am on June 1, 1878, Captain Gibbs was expecting to see land and the passengers were becoming excited as they prepared to view their new homeland in the early morning. But LOCH ARD was running into a fog which greatly reduced visibility. Captain Gibbs was becoming anxious as there was no sign of land or the Cape Otway lighthouse. At 4am the fog lifted. A man aloft announced that he could see breakers. The sheer cliffs of Victoria's west coast came into view, and Captain Gibbs realised that the ship was much closer to them than expected. He ordered as much sail to be set as time would permit and then attempted to steer the vessel out to sea. On coming head on into the wind, the ship lost momentum, the sails fell limp and LOCH ARD's bow swung back. Gibbs then ordered the anchors to be released in an attempt to hold its position. The anchors sank some 50 fathoms - but did not hold. By this time LOCH ARD was among the breakers and the tall cliffs of Mutton Bird Island rose behind the ship. Just half a mile from the coast, the ship's bow was suddenly pulled around by the anchor. The captain tried to tack out to sea, but the ship struck a reef at the base of Mutton Bird Island, near Port Campbell. Waves broke over the ship and the top deck was loosened from the hull. The masts and rigging came crashing down knocking passengers and crew overboard. When a lifeboat was finally launched, it crashed into the side of LOCH ARD and capsized. Tom Pearce, who had launched the boat, managed to cling to its overturned hull and shelter beneath it. He drifted out to sea and then on the flood tide came into what is now known as LOCH ARD Gorge. He swam to shore, bruised and dazed, and found a cave in which to shelter. Some of the crew stayed below deck to shelter from the falling rigging but drowned when the ship slipped off the reef into deeper water. Eva Carmichael had raced onto deck to find out what was happening only to be confronted by towering cliffs looming above the stricken ship. In all the chaos, Captain Gibbs grabbed Eva and said, "If you are saved Eva, let my dear wife know that I died like a sailor". That was the last Eva Carmichael saw of the captain. She was swept off the ship by a huge wave. Eva saw Tom Pearce on a small rocky beach and yelled to attract his attention. He dived in and swam to the exhausted woman and dragged her to shore. He took her to the cave and broke open case of brandy which had washed up on the beach. He opened a bottle to revive the unconscious woman. A few hours later Tom scaled a cliff in search of help. He followed hoof prints and came by chance upon two men from nearby Glenample Station three and a half miles away. In a state of exhaustion, he told the men of the tragedy. Tom returned to the gorge while the two men rode back to the station to get help. By the time they reached LOCH ARD Gorge, it was cold and dark. The two shipwreck survivors were taken to Glenample Station to recover. Eva stayed at the station for six weeks before returning to Ireland, this time by steamship. In Melbourne, Tom Pearce received a hero's welcome. He was presented with the first gold medal of the Royal Humane Society of Victoria and a £1000 cheque from the Victorian Government. Concerts were performed to honour the young man's bravery and to raise money for those who lost family in the LOCH ARD disaster. Of the 54 crew members and passengers on board, only two survived: the apprentice, Tom Pearce and the young woman passenger, Eva Carmichael, who lost all of her family in the tragedy. Ten days after the LOCH ARD tragedy, salvage rights to the wreck were sold at auction for £2,120. Cargo valued at £3,000 was salvaged and placed on the beach, but most washed back into the sea when another storm developed. The wreck of LOCH ARD still lies at the base of Mutton Bird Island. Much of the cargo has now been salvaged and some was washed up into what is now known as LOCH ARD Gorge. Cargo and artefacts have also been illegally salvaged over many years before protective legislation was introduced. One of the most unlikely pieces of cargo to have survived the shipwreck was a Minton porcelain peacock - one of only seven in the world. The peacock was destined for the Melbourne International Exhibition in 1880. It had been well packed, which gave it adequate protection during the violent storm. Today, the Minton peacock can be seen at the Flagstaff Hill Maritime Museum in Warrnambool. From Australia's most dramatic shipwreck it has now become Australia's most valuable shipwreck artefact and is one of very few 'objects' on the Victorian State Heritage Register. The LOCH ARD shipwreck is of State significance – Victorian Heritage Register S 417. Flagstaff Hill’s collection of artefacts from LOCH ARD is significant for being one of the largest collections of artefacts from this shipwreck in Victoria. It is significant for its association with the shipwreck, which is on the Victorian Heritage Register (VHR S417). The collection is significant because of the relationship between the objects, as together they have a high potential to interpret the story of the LOCH ARD. The LOCH ARD collection is archaeologically significant as the remains of a large international passenger and cargo ship. The LOCH ARD collection is historically significant for representing aspects of Victoria’s shipping history and its potential to interpret sub-theme 1.5 of Victoria’s Framework of Historical Themes (living with natural processes). The collection is also historically significant for its association with the LOCH ARD, which was one of the worst and best known shipwrecks in Victoria’s history. Unrestored tea spoon from the wreck of the LOCH ARD. The spoon design has a flattened fiddle-back handle, with a thin stem or shank, flared collar, and elongated bowl. The spoons metallic composition is a thin layer of brass alloy which has partially corroded back to a nickel-silver base metal. Only 15% of original electroplating remains with bright vertigris on 5% of spoon surface.flagstaff hill, warrnambool, shipwrecked coast, flagstaff hill maritime museum, maritime museum, shipwreck coast, flagstaff hill maritime village, great ocean road, loch line, loch ard, captain gibbs, eva carmichael, tom pearce, glenample station, mutton bird island, loch ard gorge, electroplated cutlery, loch ard shipwreck, nickel silver, william page & co, birmingham, brass plating, makers marks

This tea spoon is from the wreck of the LOCH ARD, a Loch Line ship of 1,693 tons which sailed from Gravesend, London, on 2 March 1878 with 17 passengers and a crew of 36 under Captain George Gibbs. “The intention was to discharge cargo in Melbourne, before returning to London via the Horn with wool and wheat”. Instead, on 1 June 1878, after 90 days at sea, she struck the sandstone cliffs of Mutton Bird Island on the south west coast of Victoria, and sank with the loss of 52 lives and all her cargo. The manifest of the LOCH ARD listed an array of manufactured goods and bulk metals being exported to the Colony of Victoria, with a declared value of £53,700. (202 bills of lading show an actual invoice value of £68, 456, with insurance underwriting to £30,000 of all cargo). Included in the manifest is the item of “Tin hardware & cutlery £7,530”. This teaspoon is one of 482 similar items of electro-plated cutlery from the LOCH ARD site, comprising spoons and forks of various sizes but all sharing the same general shape or design and metallic composition. 49 of these pieces display a legible makers’ mark — the initials “W” and “P” placed within a raised diamond outline, which is in turn contained within a sunken crown shape — identifying the manufacturer as William Page & Co of Birmingham. An electroplater’s makers’ marks, unlike sterling silver hallmarks, are not consistent identifiers of quality or date and place of manufacture. A similar line of five impressions was usually made to impress the consumer with an implication of industry standards, but what each one actually signified was not regulated and so they varied according to the whim of the individual foundry. In this case, the maker’s marks are often obscured by sedimentary accretion or removed by corrosion after a century of submersion in the ocean. However sufficient detail has survived to indicate that these samples of electro-plated cutlery probably originated from the same consignment in the LOCH ARD’s cargo. The following descriptions of maker’s marks are drawn from 255 tea spoons, 125 dessert spoons, and 99 table forks. These marks are clearly visible in 66 instances, while the same sequence of general outlines, or depression shapes, is discernible in another 166 examples. 1. A recessed Crown containing a raised Diamond outline and the initials “W” and “P” (the recognised trademark of William Page & Co) 2. An impressed Ellipse containing a raised, pivoted, Triangle in its lower part and bearing a Resurrection Cross on its upper section (a possible dissenting church symbol reflecting religious affiliation); OR a rounded Square impression containing a raised, ‘lazy’, letter “B” (possibly mimicking sterling silver hallmark signifying city of manufacture i.e. Birmingham) 3. An impressed rounded Square filled with a raised Maltese Cross (the base metal composite of nickel silver was also known as ‘German silver’ after its Berlin inventors in 1823) 4. A recessed Circle containing a Crab or Scarab Beetle image; OR a recessed Circle containing a rotated ‘fleur de lys’ or ‘fasces’ design 5. A depressed Diamond shape enclosing a large raised letter “R” and a small raised letter “D” (mimicking the U.K. Patent Office stamp which abbreviated the term ‘registered’ to “RD”, but also included date and class of patent) Suggested trade names for William Page & Co’s particular blend of brass plating are ‘roman silver’ or ‘silverite’. This copper alloy polishes to a lustrous gold when new, discolouring to a murky grey with greenish hue when neglected. HISTORY OF THE LOCH ARD The LOCH ARD belonged to the famous Loch Line which sailed many ships from England to Australia. Built in Glasgow by Barclay, Curdle and Co. in 1873, the LOCH ARD was a three-masted square rigged iron sailing ship. The ship measured 262ft 7" (79.87m) in length, 38ft (11.58m) in width, 23ft (7m) in depth and had a gross tonnage of 1693 tons. The LOCH ARD's main mast measured a massive 150ft (45.7m) in height. LOCH ARD made three trips to Australia and one trip to Calcutta before its final voyage. LOCH ARD left England on March 2, 1878, under the command of Captain Gibbs, a newly married, 29 year old. She was bound for Melbourne with a crew of 37, plus 17 passengers and a load of cargo. The general cargo reflected the affluence of Melbourne at the time. On board were straw hats, umbrella, perfumes, clay pipes, pianos, clocks, confectionary, linen and candles, as well as a heavier load of railway irons, cement, lead and copper. There were items included that intended for display in the Melbourne International Exhibition in 1880. The voyage to Port Phillip was long but uneventful. At 3am on June 1, 1878, Captain Gibbs was expecting to see land and the passengers were becoming excited as they prepared to view their new homeland in the early morning. But LOCH ARD was running into a fog which greatly reduced visibility. Captain Gibbs was becoming anxious as there was no sign of land or the Cape Otway lighthouse. At 4am the fog lifted. A man aloft announced that he could see breakers. The sheer cliffs of Victoria's west coast came into view, and Captain Gibbs realised that the ship was much closer to them than expected. He ordered as much sail to be set as time would permit and then attempted to steer the vessel out to sea. On coming head on into the wind, the ship lost momentum, the sails fell limp and LOCH ARD's bow swung back. Gibbs then ordered the anchors to be released in an attempt to hold its position. The anchors sank some 50 fathoms - but did not hold. By this time LOCH ARD was among the breakers and the tall cliffs of Mutton Bird Island rose behind the ship. Just half a mile from the coast, the ship's bow was suddenly pulled around by the anchor. The captain tried to tack out to sea, but the ship struck a reef at the base of Mutton Bird Island, near Port Campbell. Waves broke over the ship and the top deck was loosened from the hull. The masts and rigging came crashing down knocking passengers and crew overboard. When a lifeboat was finally launched, it crashed into the side of LOCH ARD and capsized. Tom Pearce, who had launched the boat, managed to cling to its overturned hull and shelter beneath it. He drifted out to sea and then on the flood tide came into what is now known as LOCH ARD Gorge. He swam to shore, bruised and dazed, and found a cave in which to shelter. Some of the crew stayed below deck to shelter from the falling rigging but drowned when the ship slipped off the reef into deeper water. Eva Carmichael had raced onto deck to find out what was happening only to be confronted by towering cliffs looming above the stricken ship. In all the chaos, Captain Gibbs grabbed Eva and said, "If you are saved Eva, let my dear wife know that I died like a sailor". That was the last Eva Carmichael saw of the captain. She was swept off the ship by a huge wave. Eva saw Tom Pearce on a small rocky beach and yelled to attract his attention. He dived in and swam to the exhausted woman and dragged her to shore. He took her to the cave and broke open case of brandy which had washed up on the beach. He opened a bottle to revive the unconscious woman. A few hours later Tom scaled a cliff in search of help. He followed hoof prints and came by chance upon two men from nearby Glenample Station three and a half miles away. In a state of exhaustion, he told the men of the tragedy. Tom returned to the gorge while the two men rode back to the station to get help. By the time they reached LOCH ARD Gorge, it was cold and dark. The two shipwreck survivors were taken to Glenample Station to recover. Eva stayed at the station for six weeks before returning to Ireland, this time by steamship. In Melbourne, Tom Pearce received a hero's welcome. He was presented with the first gold medal of the Royal Humane Society of Victoria and a £1000 cheque from the Victorian Government. Concerts were performed to honour the young man's bravery and to raise money for those who lost family in the LOCH ARD disaster. Of the 54 crew members and passengers on board, only two survived: the apprentice, Tom Pearce and the young woman passenger, Eva Carmichael, who lost all of her family in the tragedy. Ten days after the LOCH ARD tragedy, salvage rights to the wreck were sold at auction for £2,120. Cargo valued at £3,000 was salvaged and placed on the beach, but most washed back into the sea when another storm developed. The wreck of LOCH ARD still lies at the base of Mutton Bird Island. Much of the cargo has now been salvaged and some was washed up into what is now known as LOCH ARD Gorge. Cargo and artefacts have also been illegally salvaged over many years before protective legislation was introduced. One of the most unlikely pieces of cargo to have survived the shipwreck was a Minton porcelain peacock - one of only seven in the world. The peacock was destined for the Melbourne International Exhibition in 1880. It had been well packed, which gave it adequate protection during the violent storm. Today, the Minton peacock can be seen at the Flagstaff Hill Maritime Museum in Warrnambool. From Australia's most dramatic shipwreck it has now become Australia's most valuable shipwreck artefact and is one of very few 'objects' on the Victorian State Heritage Register. The LOCH ARD shipwreck is of State significance – Victorian Heritage Register S 417. Flagstaff Hill’s collection of artefacts from LOCH ARD is significant for being one of the largest collections of artefacts from this shipwreck in Victoria. It is significant for its association with the shipwreck, which is on the Victorian Heritage Register (VHR S417). The collection is significant because of the relationship between the objects, as together they have a high potential to interpret the story of the LOCH ARD. The LOCH ARD collection is archaeologically significant as the remains of a large international passenger and cargo ship. The LOCH ARD collection is historically significant for representing aspects of Victoria’s shipping history and its potential to interpret sub-theme 1.5 of Victoria’s Framework of Historical Themes (living with natural processes). The collection is also historically significant for its association with the LOCH ARD, which was one of the worst and best known shipwrecks in Victoria’s history. Unrestored tea spoon from the wreck of the LOCH ARD. The spoon design has a flattened fiddle-back handle, with a thin stem or shank, flared collar, and elongated bowl. The spoons metallic composition is a thin layer of brass alloy which has partially corroded back to a nickel-silver base metal. Only 15% of original electroplating remains with verdigris on 5% of spoon surface. Outlines of five makers marks are visible but details are obscured.flagstaff hill maritime museum, shipwreck coast, great ocean road, loch line, loch ard, mutton bird island, loch ard gorge, electroplated cutlery, loch ard shipwreck, nickel silver, william page & co, birmingham, brass plating, makers marks

This tea spoon is from the wreck of the LOCH ARD, a Loch Line ship of 1,693 tons which sailed from Gravesend, London, on 2 March 1878 with 17 passengers and a crew of 36 under Captain George Gibbs. “The intention was to discharge cargo in Melbourne, before returning to London via the Horn with wool and wheat”. Instead, on 1 June 1878, after 90 days at sea, she struck the sandstone cliffs of Mutton Bird Island on the south west coast of Victoria, and sank with the loss of 52 lives and all her cargo. The manifest of the LOCH ARD listed an array of manufactured goods and bulk metals being exported to the Colony of Victoria, with a declared value of £53,700. (202 bills of lading show an actual invoice value of £68, 456, with insurance underwriting to £30,000 of all cargo). Included in the manifest is the item of “Tin hardware & cutlery £7,530”. This teaspoon is one of 482 similar items of electro-plated cutlery from the LOCH ARD site, comprising spoons and forks of various sizes but all sharing the same general shape or design and metallic composition. 49 of these pieces display a legible makers’ mark — the initials “W” and “P” placed within a raised diamond outline, which is in turn contained within a sunken crown shape — identifying the manufacturer as William Page & Co of Birmingham. An electroplater’s makers’ marks, unlike sterling silver hallmarks, are not consistent identifiers of quality or date and place of manufacture. A similar line of five impressions was usually made to impress the consumer with an implication of industry standards, but what each one actually signified was not regulated and so they varied according to the whim of the individual foundry. In this case, the maker’s marks are often obscured by sedimentary accretion or removed by corrosion after a century of submersion in the ocean. However sufficient detail has survived to indicate that these samples of electro-plated cutlery probably originated from the same consignment in the LOCH ARD’s cargo. The following descriptions of maker’s marks are drawn from 255 tea spoons, 125 dessert spoons, and 99 table forks. These marks are clearly visible in 66 instances, while the same sequence of general outlines, or depression shapes, is discernible in another 166 examples. 1. A recessed Crown containing a raised Diamond outline and the initials “W” and “P” (the recognised trademark of William Page & Co) 2. An impressed Ellipse containing a raised, pivoted, Triangle in its lower part and bearing a Resurrection Cross on its upper section (a possible dissenting church symbol reflecting religious affiliation); OR a rounded Square impression containing a raised, ‘lazy’, letter “B” (possibly mimicking sterling silver hallmark signifying city of manufacture i.e. Birmingham) 3. An impressed rounded Square filled with a raised Maltese Cross (the base metal composite of nickel silver was also known as ‘German silver’ after its Berlin inventors in 1823) 4. A recessed Circle containing a Crab or Scarab Beetle image; OR a recessed Circle containing a rotated ‘fleur de lys’ or ‘fasces’ design 5. A depressed Diamond shape enclosing a large raised letter “R” and a small raised letter “D” (mimicking the U.K. Patent Office stamp which abbreviated the term ‘registered’ to “RD”, but also included date and class of patent) Suggested trade names for William Page & Co’s particular blend of brass plating are ‘roman silver’ or ‘silverite’. This copper alloy polishes to a lustrous gold when new, discolouring to a murky grey with greenish hue when neglected. HISTORY OF THE LOCH ARD The LOCH ARD belonged to the famous Loch Line which sailed many ships from England to Australia. Built in Glasgow by Barclay, Curdle and Co. in 1873, the LOCH ARD was a three-masted square rigged iron sailing ship. The ship measured 262ft 7" (79.87m) in length, 38ft (11.58m) in width, 23ft (7m) in depth and had a gross tonnage of 1693 tons. The LOCH ARD's main mast measured a massive 150ft (45.7m) in height. LOCH ARD made three trips to Australia and one trip to Calcutta before its final voyage. LOCH ARD left England on March 2, 1878, under the command of Captain Gibbs, a newly married, 29 year old. She was bound for Melbourne with a crew of 37, plus 17 passengers and a load of cargo. The general cargo reflected the affluence of Melbourne at the time. On board were straw hats, umbrella, perfumes, clay pipes, pianos, clocks, confectionary, linen and candles, as well as a heavier load of railway irons, cement, lead and copper. There were items included that intended for display in the Melbourne International Exhibition in 1880. The voyage to Port Phillip was long but uneventful. At 3am on June 1, 1878, Captain Gibbs was expecting to see land and the passengers were becoming excited as they prepared to view their new homeland in the early morning. But LOCH ARD was running into a fog which greatly reduced visibility. Captain Gibbs was becoming anxious as there was no sign of land or the Cape Otway lighthouse. At 4am the fog lifted. A man aloft announced that he could see breakers. The sheer cliffs of Victoria's west coast came into view, and Captain Gibbs realised that the ship was much closer to them than expected. He ordered as much sail to be set as time would permit and then attempted to steer the vessel out to sea. On coming head on into the wind, the ship lost momentum, the sails fell limp and LOCH ARD's bow swung back. Gibbs then ordered the anchors to be released in an attempt to hold its position. The anchors sank some 50 fathoms - but did not hold. By this time LOCH ARD was among the breakers and the tall cliffs of Mutton Bird Island rose behind the ship. Just half a mile from the coast, the ship's bow was suddenly pulled around by the anchor. The captain tried to tack out to sea, but the ship struck a reef at the base of Mutton Bird Island, near Port Campbell. Waves broke over the ship and the top deck was loosened from the hull. The masts and rigging came crashing down knocking passengers and crew overboard. When a lifeboat was finally launched, it crashed into the side of LOCH ARD and capsized. Tom Pearce, who had launched the boat, managed to cling to its overturned hull and shelter beneath it. He drifted out to sea and then on the flood tide came into what is now known as LOCH ARD Gorge. He swam to shore, bruised and dazed, and found a cave in which to shelter. Some of the crew stayed below deck to shelter from the falling rigging but drowned when the ship slipped off the reef into deeper water. Eva Carmichael had raced onto deck to find out what was happening only to be confronted by towering cliffs looming above the stricken ship. In all the chaos, Captain Gibbs grabbed Eva and said, "If you are saved Eva, let my dear wife know that I died like a sailor". That was the last Eva Carmichael saw of the captain. She was swept off the ship by a huge wave. Eva saw Tom Pearce on a small rocky beach and yelled to attract his attention. He dived in and swam to the exhausted woman and dragged her to shore. He took her to the cave and broke open case of brandy which had washed up on the beach. He opened a bottle to revive the unconscious woman. A few hours later Tom scaled a cliff in search of help. He followed hoof prints and came by chance upon two men from nearby Glenample Station three and a half miles away. In a state of exhaustion, he told the men of the tragedy. Tom returned to the gorge while the two men rode back to the station to get help. By the time they reached LOCH ARD Gorge, it was cold and dark. The two shipwreck survivors were taken to Glenample Station to recover. Eva stayed at the station for six weeks before returning to Ireland, this time by steamship. In Melbourne, Tom Pearce received a hero's welcome. He was presented with the first gold medal of the Royal Humane Society of Victoria and a £1000 cheque from the Victorian Government. Concerts were performed to honour the young man's bravery and to raise money for those who lost family in the LOCH ARD disaster. Of the 54 crew members and passengers on board, only two survived: the apprentice, Tom Pearce and the young woman passenger, Eva Carmichael, who lost all of her family in the tragedy. Ten days after the LOCH ARD tragedy, salvage rights to the wreck were sold at auction for £2,120. Cargo valued at £3,000 was salvaged and placed on the beach, but most washed back into the sea when another storm developed. The wreck of LOCH ARD still lies at the base of Mutton Bird Island. Much of the cargo has now been salvaged and some was washed up into what is now known as LOCH ARD Gorge. Cargo and artefacts have also been illegally salvaged over many years before protective legislation was introduced. One of the most unlikely pieces of cargo to have survived the shipwreck was a Minton porcelain peacock - one of only seven in the world. The peacock was destined for the Melbourne International Exhibition in 1880. It had been well packed, which gave it adequate protection during the violent storm. Today, the Minton peacock can be seen at the Flagstaff Hill Maritime Museum in Warrnambool. From Australia's most dramatic shipwreck it has now become Australia's most valuable shipwreck artefact and is one of very few 'objects' on the Victorian State Heritage Register. The LOCH ARD shipwreck is of State significance – Victorian Heritage Register S 417. Flagstaff Hill’s collection of artefacts from LOCH ARD is significant for being one of the largest collections of artefacts from this shipwreck in Victoria. It is significant for its association with the shipwreck, which is on the Victorian Heritage Register (VHR S417). The collection is significant because of the relationship between the objects, as together they have a high potential to interpret the story of the LOCH ARD. The LOCH ARD collection is archaeologically significant as the remains of a large international passenger and cargo ship. The LOCH ARD collection is historically significant for representing aspects of Victoria’s shipping history and its potential to interpret sub-theme 1.5 of Victoria’s Framework of Historical Themes (living with natural processes). The collection is also historically significant for its association with the LOCH ARD, which was one of the worst and best known shipwrecks in Victoria’s history. Unrestored tea spoon from the wreck of the LOCH ARD. The spoon design has a flattened fiddle-back handle, with a thin stem or shank, flared collar, and elongated bowl. The spoons metallic composition is a thin layer of brass alloy which has partially corroded back to a nickel-silver base metal. Only 10% of original electroplating remains as a dull bronze colour. Outlines of five makers marks are visible.flagstaff hill, warrnambool, shipwrecked coast, flagstaff hill maritime museum, maritime museum, shipwreck coast, flagstaff hill maritime village, great ocean road, loch line, loch ard, captain gibbs, eva carmichael, tom pearce, glenample station, mutton bird island, electroplated cutlery, loch ard shipwreck, nickel silver, william page & co, birmingham, brass plating, makers marks

This tea spoon is from the wreck of the LOCH ARD, a Loch Line ship of 1,693 tons which sailed from Gravesend, London, on 2 March 1878 with 17 passengers and a crew of 36 under Captain George Gibbs. “The intention was to discharge cargo in Melbourne, before returning to London via the Horn with wool and wheat”. Instead, on 1 June 1878, after 90 days at sea, she struck the sandstone cliffs of Mutton Bird Island on the south west coast of Victoria, and sank with the loss of 52 lives and all her cargo. The manifest of the LOCH ARD listed an array of manufactured goods and bulk metals being exported to the Colony of Victoria, with a declared value of £53,700. (202 bills of lading show an actual invoice value of £68, 456, with insurance underwriting to £30,000 of all cargo). Included in the manifest is the item of “Tin hardware & cutlery £7,530”. This teaspoon is one of 482 similar items of electro-plated cutlery from the LOCH ARD site, comprising spoons and forks of various sizes but all sharing the same general shape or design and metallic composition. 49 of these pieces display a legible makers’ mark — the initials “W” and “P” placed within a raised diamond outline, which is in turn contained within a sunken crown shape — identifying the manufacturer as William Page & Co of Birmingham. An electroplater’s makers’ marks, unlike sterling silver hallmarks, are not consistent identifiers of quality or date and place of manufacture. A similar line of five impressions was usually made to impress the consumer with an implication of industry standards, but what each one actually signified was not regulated and so they varied according to the whim of the individual foundry. In this case, the maker’s marks are often obscured by sedimentary accretion or removed by corrosion after a century of submersion in the ocean. However sufficient detail has survived to indicate that these samples of electro-plated cutlery probably originated from the same consignment in the LOCH ARD’s cargo. The following descriptions of maker’s marks are drawn from 255 tea spoons, 125 dessert spoons, and 99 table forks. These marks are clearly visible in 66 instances, while the same sequence of general outlines, or depression shapes, is discernible in another 166 examples. 1. A recessed Crown containing a raised Diamond outline and the initials “W” and “P” (the recognised trademark of William Page & Co) 2. An impressed Ellipse containing a raised, pivoted, Triangle in its lower part and bearing a Resurrection Cross on its upper section (a possible dissenting church symbol reflecting religious affiliation); OR a rounded Square impression containing a raised, ‘lazy’, letter “B” (possibly mimicking sterling silver hallmark signifying city of manufacture i.e. Birmingham) 3. An impressed rounded Square filled with a raised Maltese Cross (the base metal composite of nickel silver was also known as ‘German silver’ after its Berlin inventors in 1823) 4. A recessed Circle containing a Crab or Scarab Beetle image; OR a recessed Circle containing a rotated ‘fleur de lys’ or ‘fasces’ design 5. A depressed Diamond shape enclosing a large raised letter “R” and a small raised letter “D” (mimicking the U.K. Patent Office stamp which abbreviated the term ‘registered’ to “RD”, but also included date and class of patent) Suggested trade names for William Page & Co’s particular blend of brass plating are ‘roman silver’ or ‘silverite’. This copper alloy polishes to a lustrous gold when new, discolouring to a murky grey with greenish hue when neglected. HISTORY OF THE LOCH ARD The LOCH ARD belonged to the famous Loch Line which sailed many ships from England to Australia. Built in Glasgow by Barclay, Curdle and Co. in 1873, the LOCH ARD was a three-masted square rigged iron sailing ship. The ship measured 262ft 7" (79.87m) in length, 38ft (11.58m) in width, 23ft (7m) in depth and had a gross tonnage of 1693 tons. The LOCH ARD's main mast measured a massive 150ft (45.7m) in height. LOCH ARD made three trips to Australia and one trip to Calcutta before its final voyage. LOCH ARD left England on March 2, 1878, under the command of Captain Gibbs, a newly married, 29 year old. She was bound for Melbourne with a crew of 37, plus 17 passengers and a load of cargo. The general cargo reflected the affluence of Melbourne at the time. On board were straw hats, umbrella, perfumes, clay pipes, pianos, clocks, confectionary, linen and candles, as well as a heavier load of railway irons, cement, lead and copper. There were items included that intended for display in the Melbourne International Exhibition in 1880. The voyage to Port Phillip was long but uneventful. At 3am on June 1, 1878, Captain Gibbs was expecting to see land and the passengers were becoming excited as they prepared to view their new homeland in the early morning. But LOCH ARD was running into a fog which greatly reduced visibility. Captain Gibbs was becoming anxious as there was no sign of land or the Cape Otway lighthouse. At 4am the fog lifted. A man aloft announced that he could see breakers. The sheer cliffs of Victoria's west coast came into view, and Captain Gibbs realised that the ship was much closer to them than expected. He ordered as much sail to be set as time would permit and then attempted to steer the vessel out to sea. On coming head on into the wind, the ship lost momentum, the sails fell limp and LOCH ARD's bow swung back. Gibbs then ordered the anchors to be released in an attempt to hold its position. The anchors sank some 50 fathoms - but did not hold. By this time LOCH ARD was among the breakers and the tall cliffs of Mutton Bird Island rose behind the ship. Just half a mile from the coast, the ship's bow was suddenly pulled around by the anchor. The captain tried to tack out to sea, but the ship struck a reef at the base of Mutton Bird Island, near Port Campbell. Waves broke over the ship and the top deck was loosened from the hull. The masts and rigging came crashing down knocking passengers and crew overboard. When a lifeboat was finally launched, it crashed into the side of LOCH ARD and capsized. Tom Pearce, who had launched the boat, managed to cling to its overturned hull and shelter beneath it. He drifted out to sea and then on the flood tide came into what is now known as LOCH ARD Gorge. He swam to shore, bruised and dazed, and found a cave in which to shelter. Some of the crew stayed below deck to shelter from the falling rigging but drowned when the ship slipped off the reef into deeper water. Eva Carmichael had raced onto deck to find out what was happening only to be confronted by towering cliffs looming above the stricken ship. In all the chaos, Captain Gibbs grabbed Eva and said, "If you are saved Eva, let my dear wife know that I died like a sailor". That was the last Eva Carmichael saw of the captain. She was swept off the ship by a huge wave. Eva saw Tom Pearce on a small rocky beach and yelled to attract his attention. He dived in and swam to the exhausted woman and dragged her to shore. He took her to the cave and broke open case of brandy which had washed up on the beach. He opened a bottle to revive the unconscious woman. A few hours later Tom scaled a cliff in search of help. He followed hoof prints and came by chance upon two men from nearby Glenample Station three and a half miles away. In a state of exhaustion, he told the men of the tragedy. Tom returned to the gorge while the two men rode back to the station to get help. By the time they reached LOCH ARD Gorge, it was cold and dark. The two shipwreck survivors were taken to Glenample Station to recover. Eva stayed at the station for six weeks before returning to Ireland, this time by steamship. In Melbourne, Tom Pearce received a hero's welcome. He was presented with the first gold medal of the Royal Humane Society of Victoria and a £1000 cheque from the Victorian Government. Concerts were performed to honour the young man's bravery and to raise money for those who lost family in the LOCH ARD disaster. Of the 54 crew members and passengers on board, only two survived: the apprentice, Tom Pearce and the young woman passenger, Eva Carmichael, who lost all of her family in the tragedy. Ten days after the LOCH ARD tragedy, salvage rights to the wreck were sold at auction for £2,120. Cargo valued at £3,000 was salvaged and placed on the beach, but most washed back into the sea when another storm developed. The wreck of LOCH ARD still lies at the base of Mutton Bird Island. Much of the cargo has now been salvaged and some was washed up into what is now known as LOCH ARD Gorge. Cargo and artefacts have also been illegally salvaged over many years before protective legislation was introduced. One of the most unlikely pieces of cargo to have survived the shipwreck was a Minton porcelain peacock - one of only seven in the world. The peacock was destined for the Melbourne International Exhibition in 1880. It had been well packed, which gave it adequate protection during the violent storm. Today, the Minton peacock can be seen at the Flagstaff Hill Maritime Museum in Warrnambool. From Australia's most dramatic shipwreck it has now become Australia's most valuable shipwreck artefact and is one of very few 'objects' on the Victorian State Heritage Register. The LOCH ARD shipwreck is of State significance – Victorian Heritage Register S 417. Flagstaff Hill’s collection of artefacts from LOCH ARD is significant for being one of the largest collections of artefacts from this shipwreck in Victoria. It is significant for its association with the shipwreck, which is on the Victorian Heritage Register (VHR S417). The collection is significant because of the relationship between the objects, as together they have a high potential to interpret the story of the LOCH ARD. The LOCH ARD collection is archaeologically significant as the remains of a large international passenger and cargo ship. The LOCH ARD collection is historically significant for representing aspects of Victoria’s shipping history and its potential to interpret sub-theme 1.5 of Victoria’s Framework of Historical Themes (living with natural processes). The collection is also historically significant for its association with the LOCH ARD, which was one of the worst and best known shipwrecks in Victoria’s history. Unrestored tea spoon from the wreck of the LOCH ARD. The spoon design has a flattened fiddle-back handle, with a thin stem or shank, flared collar, and elongated bowl. The spoons metallic composition is a thin layer of brass alloy which has partially corroded back to a nickel-silver base metal. 50% of original electroplating remains. Two of five makers marks are legible: (1) Trade Mark (4) Crab Designflagstaff hill, warrnambool, shipwrecked coast, flagstaff hill maritime museum, maritime museum, shipwreck coast, flagstaff hill maritime village, great ocean road, loch line, loch ard, captain gibbs, eva carmichael, tom pearce, glenample station, mutton bird island, loch ard gorge, electroplated cutlery, loch ard shipwreck, nickel silver, william page & co, birmingham, brass plating, makers marks

"ST. PETER'S DAYLESFORD. General Communion and Breakfast. On Sunday November 9, a general Communion of the men; of the parish will be held in St Peter's Church, Daylesford. A communion breakfast will subsequently take place." Melbourne Advocate, 30 October 1930. "General Communion and Breakfast, Daylesford War Memorial Protest by Rev. Dr. Collins Rights of Catholics Ignored THE splendid Catholicity of the Daylesford parish was demonstrated on Sunday morning last when a general Communion of the men of the parish took place at the 8 o'clock Mass at St. Peter's Church. This proud and edifying demonstration of faith concluded a very successful mission in the parish, conducted by the Rev. Fr. O'Flynn, C.SS.R., and Rev. Fr. Frean, C.SS.R., Daylesford parish is fairly scattered, and from every corner of it came men to take their part in the general Communion. The missioners and the Rev. W. M. Collins. D.D., P.P.. have reason to be deeply gratified at the result of the mission. His Grace the Archbishop of Melbourne (Most Rev. Dr. Mannix) was the celebrant of the Mass. He was assisted in administering the Sacrament by Rev. Dr. Collins. At the close of the Mass the hymn, "Faith of Our Fathers." was sung. The breakfast was served in the Daylesford Town Hall, the men marching there from the church. More than 250 partook of breakfast. In the balcony were lady parishioners who wished to listen to the speeches. His Grace the Archbishop was at the head table, and with him were Rev. W. M. Collins, P.P.; Crs. Bolton and Gleeson (Shire of Glenlyon), and Courtney (Shire of Davlesford); Messrs. Cleary and Egan (Blampied). Mr. J. T. Murphy. Mr. Considine, and Mr. O'Donnell (BuIIarto). Several selections were played by the Holy Cross Convent orchestra, Daylesford, and the catering was admirably carried out by Mrs. Mann. It was a well-organised and successful function, and the general arrangements reflected the highest credit on the Rev. Dr. Collins and those associated with him. Much favourable comment was made upon the great success achieved. A WAR MEMORIAL SERVICE. Strong Protest by Rev. Dr. Collins. The Rev. Dr. Collins said it was no exaggeration for him to say that he was a proud pastor that day. He had reason to be proud of the magnificent demonstration of faith made by the Catholic men of the parish at St. Peter's Church. It was promoted by a supernatural motive, and the men were sure to get their reward. He knew that many men had attended at great sacrifice, and that numbers had to grope about in the early hours to get everything in readiness at their farms and dairies. He was deeply thankful for the fine response made by the men to his invitation, and no greater encouragement could be given to him in his work in the parish. They had made a creditable demonstration before the people of Daylesford, whose good opinion they valued and wanted to retain. Catholics were part of the community, and the community's troubles were their troubles. Generally they had a few of their own troubles, but they were not wanting in helping the community to bear its troubles. Just now they were passing through a difficult time. The surrounding shires seemed to be better off than Daylesford, but the municipal fathers at Daylesford had spent a lot of money wisely in attracting tourists to the beautiful district. The money spent, he was certain, would come back a hundredfold. They appreciated the good work done by the municipal authorities, and were prepared to do their part in shoulder-ing their civic obligations. A Frankly Protestant Memorial Service. He could not let the occasion pass without calling the attention of the Daylesford people to an injustice that was being done the Catholic body, unwittingly he believed. Hie referred to the ceremony for the unveiling of the Soldiers' Memorial. It had been decided to adopt a frankly Protestant service. Catholics could not take part in a non-Catholic service, and that was not due in any way to any recent whim or caprice. Catholics had made common sacrifices, and the war memorial should stand for the Catholic boys who had fallen as well as non-Catholic soldiers. Catholics had contributed towards the cost of the memorial, and yet a programme had been adopted on the occasion of the public unveiling that excluded Catholics from taking part. They had a right to be at the ceremony, but it was asking them too much to shed their principles in order to be present. Their forefathers did not shed their principles when there was much more at stake, and they did not intend to shed theirs. They took that stand for Faith, and were still loyal citizens of Australia. The great majority, he was certain, did not realise the difficulties of Catholics, and that the stand taken was a matter of principle. There was always a minority, however, who were ever ready to score a victory over Rome at any price. Thanks to Non-Catholics. Having made his protest, he would not be honest if he did not express his gratitude to many non-Catholics in Daylesford for their help. In the Boxing Day carnival, which was their principal effort on behalf of the schools, non-Catholics gave splendid support, which he very much appreciated. The success of the carnival was dependent to a large extent on the generous help of Protestants. He trusted that the Catholic men generally would take note of what he said, and turn over a new leaf, as so many new leaves had been turned over since the mission. Missioners and Nuns Thanked. The work of the Redemptorist Fathers had been fruitful of results in the parish, and what they had done had paved the way for the magnificent men's demonstration. He wished heartily to thank the Fathers, and his thanks were also due to the Holy Cross Convent. If the Faith were strong in Daylesford, it was largely due to the Catholic schools in the district. They should never forget the Presentation nuns, and should be prepared to help them in every possible way. He was very thankful to the Rev. Mother for her kindness in entertaining many at the convent, and also for providing the orchestra at the Communion breakfast. A Splendid Success. He was greatly delighted at the presence of his Grace the Archbishop. When he started to talk about the breakfast, many told him it would not be a success. First of all, it was intended to hold the breakfast in the schoolroom, but the response was so good that it was considered they should get the Rex Theatre. Finally, they were compelled to take the Town Hall in order to accommodate the large number who purchased tickets. The presence of his Grace gave additional lustre to the successful demonstration. He was proud of the men of the parish, and hoped God would bless them and their families. (Applause.) The first toast honoured was that of "The Pope and the King." WELCOME TO HIS GRACE Proposing the toast of "His Grace the Archbishop," Cr. J. Bolton said he wished to congratulate the Rev. Dr. Collins on the wonderful success of the two functions. All parts of the parish were represented at the general Communion in St. Peter's Church, and it was an inspiring spectacle. It showed that the Faith was deep and strong in Daylesford. A great privilege had been given to them, and they owed grateful thanks to the Rev. Dr. Collins. He wished to welcome his Grace the Archbishop, and he trusted that he would enjoy his visit to the district. The country was passing through a difficult time at present, and it required plenty of clear thinking and acting to put things right again. He hoped his Grace would touch on the situation, and give them the benefit of his thoughtful and wellreasoned views. Whatever his Grace said would be worth listening to. (Applause.) THE ARCHBISHOP CONGRATULATES PASTOR AND PEOPLE. DAYLESFORD A MODEL PARISH. His Grace the Archbishop said he need not assure them that he came to Daylesford with great pleasure. His visits to Daylesford were always pleasant, but the present visit was additionally pleasant and memorable because he had the opportunity of assisting at one of the most inspiring functions that it had ever been his good fortune to attend. He was really touched to the heart when he stood on the altar and saw the beautiful St. Peter's Church—there were few churches to compare with it in the country—filled with the men of Daylesford and of the surrounding districts. Practically all the Catholic men in the parish were present at the general Communion, and it gave him very deep satisfaction and genuine pleasure to be amongst them. As the Rev. Dr. Collins and Cr. Bolton had said, it was a proof of the depth and soundness of the Faith of the Catholic people of the parish. He wished to congratulate the Rev. Dr. Collins upon the magnificent success that had attended his efforts since he came to Daylesford. He thought the Rev. Dr. Collins had been a very happy man since he took up work in the parish. He came to Daylesford more or less broken in health, and his best friends were doubtful whether his health would stand the strain of parochial duty. However, he had never looked back. He doubted if Dr. Collins would care to leave Daylesford, unless he were appointed Prefect of Propaganda, Rome, or some very high distinction was conferred on him. At all events, things had gone on well with Dr. Collins since he came to Daylesford, and he could see some of the reason for it in looking at the fine gathering before him. The Rev. Dr. Collins was a very zealous and spiritual man, and his lot had been cast amongst people who had responded to his labours. ... (Melbourne Advocate, 13 November 1930) Black and white photograph taken in Daylesford Town Hall depicting numerous men standing, and sitting at tables during the St Peter's Catholic Church Communion Breakfast. Arch Bishop Daniel Mannix stands centre back.st peter's catholic church, daylesford, communion breakfast, daylesford town hall, daniel mannix, george gervasoni, gus gervasoni

Dinner to Mr H R Clover player Career : 1920-24, 1926-31 Debut : Round 2, 1920 vs. Richmond, aged 25 years, 46 days Carlton Player No. 346 Games : 147 Goals : 396 Guernsey No. 1 Last Game : Semi Final, 1931 vs. Collingwood, aged 36 years, 180 days Height : 185 cm (6 ft. 1 in.) Weight : 86.5 kg (13 stone, 9 lbs.) DOB : 20 March, 1895 League Leading Goalkicker: 1922 Leading Goalkicker: 1920, 1921, 1922, 1923, 1926, 1928 Best and Fairest: 1929 Captain Coach: 1922-1924, 1927 Champion of the Colony: 1921 VFL AFL Hall of Fame Carlton Hall of Fame Team of the Century President: 1956-57 Vice President: 1932, 1935-54 Club Secretary: 1925-26 Horace “Horrie” Clover was Carlton’s star centre half-forward of the 1920’s; a high flying, long-kicking champion who enjoyed a stellar career with the Old Dark Navy Blues, then went on to be one of our longest-serving administrators. But even before he took the field for Carlton, Clover had to conquer the odds on the battlefields of France in World War 1. From Maryborough in central Victoria, Horrie enlisted in the 1st AIF in September 1915. After basic training, he embarked for France with reinforcements for the 7th Battalion in January of 1916. Soon pitched into the horrors of trench warfare, he fought and survived until September of that year, when he was transferred to a machine gun company and promoted to the rank of Corporal. On Christmas day, 1916, Horrie was struck down with acute appendicitis. He was evacuated to a field hospital for emergency surgery, where the doctors discovered that his appendix was gangrenous and that his life was in danger. He was immediately transferred to London for specialist treatment, and months of recuperation. Pronounced unfit for further front-line service, he was repatriated back to Australia in August 1917, and honourably discharged in May of the following year – six months before the Armistice. Having recovered, and keen to have a crack at senior football, Clover trained with Richmond and Melbourne before Carlton gave him an opportunity at VFL level. And how he delivered! In his first match in 1920 – ironically, against Richmond - he kicked four goals from centre half-forward, and hit the post three times! By the end of his first season at Princes Park, Clover was one of Carlton’s drawcards. Former Australian Prime Minister Sir Robert Menzies was just one of the many Carlton fans who were captivated; “he was the most artistic of high marks, unforgettable at half-forward,” said Menzies. Horrie could kick a football, too. A balanced, deceptively quick mover, he was a glorious running drop-kick for goal. Playing against Richmond again at Princes Park in July, 1921, he let fly with a monster kick that was later measured at 86.26 metres – that’s 94 yards, 2 feet in imperial terms! And there are numerous other instances where he roosted the ball more than 70 metres. In round 12 of 1921, he slotted 13 goals in a game against St Kilda; a club record which still stands today. The Blues made the finals in third place in 1921 and battled through to meet Richmond for the Premiership. Then the heavens above the MCG opened up on the day before the decider, turning the ground into a quagmire. In what was to be Clover’s only Grand Final appearance, Richmond won a slogging, mauling contest by four points. While Premiership glory eluded him, Horrie was Carlton’s top goalkicker in three of his first four seasons, including 1922, where his total of 58 was the competition’s best. He was appointed captain of the Blues that same year, and in 1923 took on the dual role of captain-coach. Over 1924 / 1925, he suffered more debilitating illness that prevented him from playing all season. Unable to pull on his football boots, he took on the job of Club Secretary, and continued in that position even after returning to the field in 1926. When he did eventually resume, he formed a new, powerful Carlton forward set-up with a young Harry “Soapy” Vallence at full-forward. Twice more – in 1926 and 1928, Clover’s brilliance and accuracy in front of goal saw him at the top of Carlton’s goal-kicking, and in 1929 – aged 34, he was honoured with the captaincy of Victoria against WA in his ninth and final game in the Big Vee. show_image.php?id=205 Horrie Clover retired as a player in 1931 after 147 games. His total of 396 goals is still ranked fifth best in Carlton’s proud history (only displaced for fourth when Brendan Fevola broke through in 2007/2008) – and it should be remembered that all but a handful of his games were played at centre half-forward, not in the goal square. In 1932 he was elected Vice-President of the Carlton Football Club, but retired after one year. In February 1935 on learning of Terry Ogden's the serious illness, Clover and Newton Chandler offered their services for a blood transfusion for the club's wing man. After a blood test Chandler's blood was accepted. However, Ogden passed away the next month. Clover stood again in 1935, was elected – and spent twenty unbroken years serving his beloved Blues. He even took on the Presidency in 1956, aged 60, and was as vigorous and determined as ever in his two years in the job. Carlton Football Club mourned deeply when Horrie Clover passed away on the first day of January, 1984. Three years later, he was among the first to be inducted into the Carlton Hall of Fame. Testament to his stature in the game as a whole, he was elected to the AFL Hall of Fame in 1996; and May 2000 saw him named as one of four emergencies in Carlton’s Team of the Century. A champion in every sense of the word, he spent 37 years of his remarkable life at Princes Park. Footnote The Argus published an article on Maryborough, April 12 1930, it said; "Clover has been the leading half-forward in League ranks for some time. It takes a specialist to fill the position capably, and the Carisbrook man does this admirably. Like good wine he has improved with age, and besides being one of the greatest half forwards that has ever appeared on a football field, he is about the best all round kicker that has ever played the game. He excells in punting, drop, and place kicking. He is a great marksman and a splendid exponent, one of the greatest the district has produced, besides being a fair cricketer also." When Clover returned to football in 1926, The Argus mentioned that they thought it was the first time a member of the Permit and Umpire Committee had played in a League game. 13 GOAL AWARD Round 12, 1921 At the Carlton AGM held on Monday 27 February 1922, Horrie Clover "was presented with ball used on the occasion, the St.Kilda club having generously donated it to the Carlton officials, who had it mounted for the purpose." (Age February 22 1922) 1922 The Art Of Forward Play Horrie wrote an article for the Sporting Globe August 30 p7 To read click here> http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article184798404 1928 Idol of Carlton Crowds - Australia's Best Centre Half Forward The Sporting Globe's football writer W. S. "Jumbo" Sharland writes about Horrie Clover To read click here> http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article183958222 Footballer Who Gambles With Death. Daily Pictorial (Sydney) article about Horrie. http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article246129350 1932 Jack Worrall on Clover Writing for the Australasian September 03 p7; "Take Horrie Clover as an example, a real specialist, one of the best forwards the game has seen, and the best all-round kick that has ever come under my purview. For that reason he deserves a line to himself. He played the game like a sportsman, was a glorious high mark, and could cover a great distance by either drop, punt, or place kick - a remarkable accomplishment. Many players have been notable kicks in two aspects of the game, yet none have equalled Clover in the three branches. His nearest rival as an all-round kick, though not quite as certain in his efforts, was Frank Caine, of Carlton, who, like Clover, also hailed from the country." 1933 Coming Football Champion Melbourne, Saturday A special warning was issued to the Victorian Football League delegates last night by Mr. D. H. Crone, a Carlton delegate, not to angle for a certain "coming" champion that the Carlton Club had signed up that day. At first delegates were a little puzzled at the statement, but when it was explained that Horrie Clover, former champion half-forward, had that day become the father of of a son they burst into sustained laughter. It was only by persistent ringing of the bell by the chairman that order was restored. (News (Adelaide) May 20 1933 p3) 1933 - The Place Kick A letter to The Argus via the Huon Times about the lack of place kicking expertise in the VFL. The writer mentions that he got Horrie to play football in Maryborough after he saw the then 15 y.o. place kick a ball 63 yards, and later with Carlton, Clover place kicked 8 goals in one match. To read click here> http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article137253000 Milestones 50 Games: Round 1, 1923 vs Fitzroy 100 Games: Round 18, 1927 vs St Kilda 100 Goals: Round 18, 1921 vs Collingwood 200 Goals: Round 3, 1924 vs St Kilda 300 Goals: Round 11, 1928 vs Geelong Links Articles: The Magical 'Three Goal Average' | A Letter From Horrie | Our Flagless Greats Blueseum: Stat Shot for Horrie Clover | Career Breakdown | Clover's big goals hauls | Clover's Blueseum Image Gallery A dinner to celebrate career Horrie Clover in 1957Four Page Program & Menu 1927

Thursday, December 15, 1949, the quiet little bank was embroiled in an infamous wild shoot-out between a daring thief and two bank officers. Today, the building still carries the scars ; a bullet hole remains visible in a cedar bench testifying to the events that played out that day. 3.30 a.m., Friday, December 9. The manager of the Commercial Bank branch at Greensborough, Mr Harry Wallace and his wife are asleep in their bedroom of the little house behind the branch. Harry is awakened by a noise and sees an intruder in a corner of the bedroom. He calls out but the intruder who has switched off the power in anticipation flees through a side door and scarpers down Main Street. Harry summons the police but a search by First Constable Thomas of the Greensborough Police assisted by a wireless patrol car is unsuccessful. A report is filed noting the theft of a .25 calibre pistol from the wardrobe. Thursday, December 15th. It is 1pm and the Commercial Bank has just opened. The branch is only open Mondays and Thursdays from 1-3pm. The morning started off a little cool with some scattered showers but it has fined up and the temperature is now around 61 degrees (16 C). A new grey Singer sports car with soft-top pulls up on the opposite side of the road and a young man, neatly dressed in a dark blue suit, wearing a grey hat and carrying a brief case exits the vehicle. He looks around then crosses the road and walks up the steps and through the door into the bank. There are three people inside; Mr. Jack Burgoyne whose grocery store is situated just 50 yards up the road, Mr. Lindsay A. Spears, the Eltham Agency Receiving Officer and by chance, Mr Harry Wallace, manager of the Greensborough branch. Jack Burgoyne takes note of the young stranger; thinking to himself he appears nervous. The man approaches the counter and introduces himself as John Henderson of Greensborough and explains that he wishes to open a new account. He places his hat and £3 on the counter. Mr Spears attends to the paperwork. He asks the young man to sign two forms, which he does but then he withdraws from the counter and starts walking towards the door. Suddenly he spins around pulling an automatic pistol from his right-hand pocket. He exclaims forcefully; “The game’s on! I’ll take the lot!” Spears appears to comply by pretending to open a drawer. The man shouts loudly, “Keep your hand away from that drawer.” Spears instead reaches for a pistol in his pocket and challenges the man, “Here it is. Come and get it!” At the same time, Harry Wallace pulls a pistol from his pocket as well. The bandit fires a shot but misses, the bullet striking the counter. Both Spears and Wallace open fire and Jack Burgoyne ducks for cover. As the bandit turns and runs for the door leaving his £3 behind, he fires another shot, which strikes the ceiling. Spears fires back, and thinks he may have hit him in the foot. The bandit flees the bank and heads for the grey Singer car, registration NO-106, parked opposite. Wallace and Spears pursue him to the door and open fire again, striking the car three times around the driver’s door. Spears lets off eight shots and Wallace, seven before his gun jams. The getaway car initially heads slowly down Main Road towards Bridge Street. About 100 yards down the road, Dave Adams, a PMG employee, who has heard the shots, throws a steel manhole step at the driver. It hits the roof of the car nine inches above the driver’s head and tears the hood. Another witness claims to have seen the door blow open and the driver raise his hand. The car gathers speed and swings left into Bridge Street racing along at about 60 miles an hour careering recklessly past council employee, Mr. Percy Williams, who is driving a dray along Smarts Road [believed to be Bridge Street]. At the end of the road the Singer fails to get round the sharp turn and crashes into an embankment skidding to a stop outside the home of Mr John Clifford. One side of the car is wrecked. Mr Clifford, an aircraft engineer hears the fast travelling car bump heavily into the road bank at about 1.25 p.m. Hearing the whine of an engine he goes outside to find the grey Singer parked at the side of the road. Jack George also lives at the corner and hears the car crash. “The bandit opened the car door, ran 50 yards, and suddenly turned back,” exclaims Jack. “He took something from the car. It might have been a gun.” In his haste, the bandit drops his grey felt hat, size 6 7/8, on the road and dashes up Sherbourne Road for about 200 yards then disappears into the scrub carrying a brief case and a bundle in which a sailor’s cap can be seen. About 3 p.m., Mr H.D. Pettie of Mountain View Road, Montmorency is looking through his field glasses and notices a young man walking through thick scrub on private property some distance from his house. The man is wearing a sailor’s cap and disappears along the railway track toward Montmorency. As the day progresses, ten police cars, one motor cycle, and about 40 police led by Det. Sgt. McMennemin of Malvern CIB are searching for him. They believe he is hiding in thick scrub along the bank of the creek about half-a-mile outside Eltham township. Wireless patrol cars, four mobile traffic cars and the CIB area cars from Malvern and Kew are taking part. Police check the thief’s car and discover it was stolen from Helen Baxter, of Doncaster Road, North Balwyn from outside Victoria Barracks. Harry Wallace informs the police that he believes he recognised the bandit as the man who took his pistol from his bedroom the previous Friday morning. As night falls, armed police are posted at strategic points in the Eltham-Greensborough district. Police in cars are watching the roads. Others are searching the bush and checking passengers on trains. Little do they realise the young man has already slipped out of the net. SEQUEL YOUTH OF 19 CHARGED WITH ATTEMPTED ARMED ROBBERY OF BANK AT ELTHAM Weekly Times, Wednesday 15 February 1950, page 6 Detectives who raided a house in Bell St., Coburg, Melbourne, charged a 19-year-old youth, of South Yarra, with attempted armed robbery at the Commercial Bank’s Eltham (Vic.) receiving depot on Dec. 15. Police say they recovered a loaded automatic pistol, diamond and signet rings worth more than £200, a complete set of house-breaking instruments, a sailor’s uniform, and chloroform gauze in the raid. The youth was charged that while armed with an offensive weapon, he attempted to rob Lindsay George Spears of a sum of money. He was further charged on six counts of breaking, entering and stealing. Police allege that the person who tried to hold up Mr Spears in the Commercial Bank receiving depot at Eltham on December 15. escaped in a stolen car, after Mr Spears and Mr Henry Wallace, manager of the bank’s Greensborough branch, had fired at him. After the car crashed, he escaped into thick scrub and is alleged to have changed into a sailor’s uniform. On December 9 an automatic pistol was stolen from Mr Wallace’s bedroom at the Greensborough bank. The chloroform pad recovered is alleged to have been stolen from the Dental Supply Company, Plenty Road, Preston. The rings are alleged to have been taken in a £513 burglary from the shop of James Paton. Sydney Road, Coburg. Det. Sgt. H. McMennemin conducted the investigations with Senior Dets. R. Newton and M Downie, Detectives l. Dent, R. Rayner, P. Pedersen and M. Handley and First Constable A. Thomas. The youth will appear at Eltham Court on February 22. Manager’s Gun Used in Holdup at Bank The Age, Thursday 23 February 1950, page 4 It was stated in Eltham court yesterday that a youth who robbed a bank manager of his pistol, later used it in an attempt to hold-up the bank. Kay Arthur Morgan, 19, draftsman, of Castle-street, South Yarra, was committed for trial on charges of breaking and entering, and stealing a pistol and attempted robbery while armed with an offensive weapon. He pleaded guilty. The manager of Eltham branch of the Commercial Bank of Australia Ltd., Henry Clifton Cabot Wallace, said he disturbed someone in the bedroom, in which he and his wife were sleeping, at 3 a.m. on December. 9, 1949. Later he found that his automatic- pistol was missing. On December 15 a youth, who said his name was John Henderson, entered the bank and opened a new account. As the youth was leaving the bank he turned round with a pistol in his hand and said: — “I want the lot.” Spear indicated a drawer under the counter; and said.— “Here it is. Come and get it.” The youth said:— “Keep your hand away from that drawer.” Witness said Spear then drew his pistol from his hip pocket. The youth fired at them, and Spear returned the fire. “I pulled my pistol and fired, too” said witness. The youth fired again, ran out to a car and drove off. Witness and Spear fired several shots at the car. The youth was the accused Morgan, sitting in court, witness said. Evidence was given that one bullet was found in the celling and the other in the bank. Morgan was allowed £100 bail on each charge. Morgan ended up serving three years for the failed armed robbery and became a notorious criminal. He had twin sons, Peter and Doug and even though only ten years old, Morgan would get his sons to act as lookouts whilst he committed burglaries. The lads became building contractors but when the industry suffered a downturn in 1977 and they were short on cash, they returned to the family business. Over the following 23 months they undertook 24 raids on country and outer-suburban TABs and banks. Whilst robbing one country bank for the third time, just like their father, it all went wrong ending up with a police officer shot. They were nick-named the “After-dark” bandits and are considered to be Australia’s last bushrangers. They were convicted and served 17 years in prison.5 x A4 photocopied pagesbank hold-up, cba bank, det sgt mcmennemin, eltham, h.d. pettie, harry wallace, jack burgoyne, kay arthur morgan, lindsay a. spears, main road

The Process of Making Pottery Decorating, Firing, Glazing, Making, Technical There is a rhythm and flow to clay. It can’t be done all at once! Even the making process! It can take weeks to get everything done, especially if you can only work on your pottery once a week! Even though we have three hour classes, it’s often just not enough time! Here is an overview of some of the processes so you have a bit more grasp on some of the technical stuff! Step One – Design There are SO many ideas out there for making stuff in clay! From delicate porcelain jewellery, through to heavy sculptural work and everything in between. Deciding your direction is sometimes not that easy – when you first start, try everything, you will naturally gravitate to the style that you enjoy! The options and variations are endless and can get a wee bit overwhelming too! Check in with me before you start to ensure your ideas will work, what order you might do things, how you could achieve the look you are seeking and any other technical data required! Step Two – Making Clay is thixotropic. This means that as you work with it, the clay first gets sloppier and wetter, before is begins to dry in the atmosphere. For most things, you simply can’t do all parts of the project at once. An example of work order might look like: Get last weeks work out from the shelves Prepare clay for today’s work – roll your clay, prepare balls for throwing, make the first stage of a pinch pot) Clean up last week’s work and put it on the shelf for bisque firing Check that you have any glazing to do – and do enough of it that you will have time to finish your main project Do the next step of your next project – there might be a further step that can’t be complete immediately, in that case, wrap your work well and put onto the shelves. Letting your work rest for a while can really help keep your work clean and professional looking. Many things require bagging under plastic to keep it ready for work the next week – put your name on the outside of the bag so you can find your work easily. We have stickers and markers. Consider how you want to decorate your work – coloured slip can be applied at a fairly wet stage (remembering that it will make your work even wetter!). Trying to apply slip to dry clay won’t work! If you want to do sgraffito – you will need to keep the work leather hard (a state of dryness where you can still work the clay with a little effort and a little water and care). Step Three – Drying Most of the time your work can go into the rack uncovered to let it dry out for the following week. If you want to continue forming or shaping you will need to double bag your work – put your work on a suitable sized bat and put the bat in a bag so the base of the bag is under the bat, then put another bag over the top of the work and tuck the top of the bag under the bat. If you want to trim (or turn) your thrown work the following week, it should also be double bagged. If your work is large, delicate, or of uneven thicknesses, you should lightly cover your work for drying. When considering the drying process, bare in mind the weather, humidity and wind! The hotter and dryer, the faster things dry and work can dry unevenly in the shelves – this can lead to cracking – another time to lightly cover your work for drying. Step Four – Trimming and Cleaning Up Your work is dry! It is called greenware now and it is at it’s most fragile! Handle everything with two hands. I often refer to soft hands – keep everything gentle and with your fingers spread as much as possible. Try to not pick up things like plates too much, and always with both hands! Before your work can be bisque fired it should be “cleaned up”. You work won’t go into the kiln if it has sharp edges – when glazed, sharp edges turn into razor blades! Use a piece of fly wire to rub the work all over – this will scratch a little so be light handed. Use a knife or metal kidney to scrape any areas that require a bit more dynamic treatment than the fly wire offers! Finally, a very light wipe over with a slightly damp sponge can help soften and soothe all of your edges and dags! Trimming thrown work: If you are planning to trim (or turn) your thrown work (and you should be), make sure you bag it well – your work should be leather hard to almost dry for easiest trimming. Use this step to finish the work completely – use a metal kidney to polish the surface, or a slightly damp sponge to give a freshly thrown look. Wipe the sponge around the rim after trimming, and check the inside of the pot for dags! Trimming slip cast work: Usually I will trim the rims of your work on the wheel the following day to make that stage easier, however you will still need to check your work for lumps and bumps. Last but not least – check that your name is still clearly on the bottom of your work. Step Five – Bisque Firing When the work is completely dry it can go into the bisque kiln. The bisque kiln is fired to 1000°C. This process burns off the water in the clay as well as some of the chemically bound water. The structure of the clay is not altered that much at this temperature. Inside the bisque kiln, the work is stacked a little, small bowl inside a larger bowl and onto a heavy plate. Smaller items like decorations or drink coasters might get stacked several high. Consideration is paid to the weight of the stack and shape of the work. A bisque kiln can fire about one and a half times the amount of work that the glaze kiln can fire. The firing takes about 10 hours to complete the cycle and about two days to cool down. Once it has been emptied the work is placed in the glaze room ready for you to decorate! Step Six – Glazing Decorating your work with colour can be a lot of fun – and time consuming! There are three main options for surface treatment at this stage: Oxide Washes Underglazes Glazes Washes and underglazes do not “glaze” the work – It will still need a layer of glaze to fully seal the clay (washes don’t need glaze on surfaces not designed for food or liquid as they can gloss up a little on their own). Underglazes are stable colourants that turn out pretty much how they look in the jar. They can be mixed with each other to form other colours and can be used like water colours to paint onto your work. Mostly they should have a clear glaze on top to seal them. Oxides are a different species – the pink oxide (cobalt) wash turns out bright blue for instance. They don’t always need a glaze on top, and some glazes can change the colour of the wash! The glazes need no other “glaze” on top! Be careful of unknown glaze interactions – you can put any combination of glaze in a bowl or on a plate, but only a single glaze on the outside of any vertical surface! Glazes are a chemical reaction under heat. We don’t know the exact chemicals in the Mayco glazes we use. I can guess by the way they interact with each other, however, on the whole, you need to test every idea you have, and not run the test on a vertical surface! Simply put, glaze is a layer of glass like substance that bonds with the clay underneath. Clay is made of silica, alumina and water. Glaze is made of mostly silica. Silica has a melting point of 1700°C and we fire to 1240°C. The silica requires a “flux” to help it melt at the lower temperature. Fluxes can be all sorts of chemicals – a common one is calcium – calcium has a melting point of 2500°C, however, together they both melt at a much lower temperature! Colourants are metal oxides like cobalt (blue), chrome (green through black), copper (green, blue, even red!), manganese (black, purple and pink) iron (red brown), etc. Different chemicals in the glaze can have dramatic effects. for example, barium carbonate (which we don’t use) turns manganese bright pink! Other elements can turn manganese dioxide brown, blue, purple and reddish brown. Manganese dioxide is a flux in and of itself as well. So, glazes that get their black and purple colours, often interact with other glazes and RUN! Our mirror black is a good example – it mixes really well with many glazes because it fluxes them – causes them to melt faster. It will also bring out many beautiful colours in the glazes because it’s black colouring most definitely comes from manganese dioxide! Glaze chemistry is a whole subject on it’s own! We use commercial Mayco glazes on purpose – for their huge range of colour possibilities, stability, cool interactions, artistic freedom with the ability to easily brush the glazes on and ease of use. We currently have almost 50 glazes on hand! A major project is to test the interactions of all glazes with each other. That is 2,500 test tiles!!!! I’m going to make the wall behind the wheels the feature wall of pretty colours! Step Seven – Glaze (Gloss or sometimes called “Glost”) Firing Most of the time this is the final stage of making your creation (but not always!) The glaze kiln goes to 1240°C. This is called cone 6, or midrange. It is the low end of stoneware temperatures. Stoneware clays and glazes are typically fired at cone 8 – 10, that is 1260 – 1290°C. The energy requirement to go from 1240°C to 1280°C is almost a 30% more! Our clay is formulated to vitrify (mature, turn “glass-like”) at 1240°, as are our glazes. A glaze kiln take around 12 hours to reach temperature and two to three days to cool down. Sometimes a third firing process is required – this is for decoration that is added to work after the glaze firing. For example – adding precious metals and lustres. this firing temperature is usually around 600 – 800°C depending upon the techniques being used. There are many students interested in gold and silver trims – we will be doing this third type of firing soon! After firing your work will be in the student finished work shelves. Remember to pay for it before you head out the door! There is a small extra charge for using porcelain clay (it’s more than twice the price of regular clay), and for any third firing process! Once your work has been fired it can not turn back into clay for millennia – so don’t fire it if you don’t like it! Put it in the bucket for recycling. https://firebirdstudios.com.au/the-process-of-making-pottery/ The bowl is an example of kitchenware used in the 19th century and still in use today.Bowl white ceramic. Crack on side. Badly stained.Backstamp very faint and unable to be read.flagstaff hill, warrnambool, shipwrecked-coast, flagstaff-hill, flagstaff-hill-maritime-museum, maritime-museum, shipwreck-coast, flagstaff-hill-maritime-village, mixing bowl, food preparation, kitchen equipment, ceramic

The Process of Making Pottery Decorating, Firing, Glazing, Making, Technical There is a rhythm and flow to clay. It can’t be done all at once! Even the making process! It can take weeks to get everything done, especially if you can only work on your pottery once a week! Even though we have three hour classes, it’s often just not enough time! Here is an overview of some of the processes so you have a bit more grasp on some of the technical stuff! Step One – Design There are SO many ideas out there for making stuff in clay! From delicate porcelain jewellery, through to heavy sculptural work and everything in between. Deciding your direction is sometimes not that easy – when you first start, try everything, you will naturally gravitate to the style that you enjoy! The options and variations are endless and can get a wee bit overwhelming too! Check in with me before you start to ensure your ideas will work, what order you might do things, how you could achieve the look you are seeking and any other technical data required! Step Two – Making Clay is thixotropic. This means that as you work with it, the clay first gets sloppier and wetter, before is begins to dry in the atmosphere. For most things, you simply can’t do all parts of the project at once. An example of work order might look like: Get last weeks work out from the shelves Prepare clay for today’s work – roll your clay, prepare balls for throwing, make the first stage of a pinch pot) Clean up last week’s work and put it on the shelf for bisque firing Check that you have any glazing to do – and do enough of it that you will have time to finish your main project Do the next step of your next project – there might be a further step that can’t be complete immediately, in that case, wrap your work well and put onto the shelves. Letting your work rest for a while can really help keep your work clean and professional looking. Many things require bagging under plastic to keep it ready for work the next week – put your name on the outside of the bag so you can find your work easily. We have stickers and markers. Consider how you want to decorate your work – coloured slip can be applied at a fairly wet stage (remembering that it will make your work even wetter!). Trying to apply slip to dry clay won’t work! If you want to do sgraffito – you will need to keep the work leather hard (a state of dryness where you can still work the clay with a little effort and a little water and care). Step Three – Drying Most of the time your work can go into the rack uncovered to let it dry out for the following week. If you want to continue forming or shaping you will need to double bag your work – put your work on a suitable sized bat and put the bat in a bag so the base of the bag is under the bat, then put another bag over the top of the work and tuck the top of the bag under the bat. If you want to trim (or turn) your thrown work the following week, it should also be double bagged. If your work is large, delicate, or of uneven thicknesses, you should lightly cover your work for drying. When considering the drying process, bare in mind the weather, humidity and wind! The hotter and dryer, the faster things dry and work can dry unevenly in the shelves – this can lead to cracking – another time to lightly cover your work for drying. Step Four – Trimming and Cleaning Up Your work is dry! It is called greenware now and it is at it’s most fragile! Handle everything with two hands. I often refer to soft hands – keep everything gentle and with your fingers spread as much as possible. Try to not pick up things like plates too much, and always with both hands! Before your work can be bisque fired it should be “cleaned up”. You work won’t go into the kiln if it has sharp edges – when glazed, sharp edges turn into razor blades! Use a piece of fly wire to rub the work all over – this will scratch a little so be light handed. Use a knife or metal kidney to scrape any areas that require a bit more dynamic treatment than the fly wire offers! Finally, a very light wipe over with a slightly damp sponge can help soften and soothe all of your edges and dags! Trimming thrown work: If you are planning to trim (or turn) your thrown work (and you should be), make sure you bag it well – your work should be leather hard to almost dry for easiest trimming. Use this step to finish the work completely – use a metal kidney to polish the surface, or a slightly damp sponge to give a freshly thrown look. Wipe the sponge around the rim after trimming, and check the inside of the pot for dags! Trimming slip cast work: Usually I will trim the rims of your work on the wheel the following day to make that stage easier, however you will still need to check your work for lumps and bumps. Last but not least – check that your name is still clearly on the bottom of your work. Step Five – Bisque Firing When the work is completely dry it can go into the bisque kiln. The bisque kiln is fired to 1000°C. This process burns off the water in the clay as well as some of the chemically bound water. The structure of the clay is not altered that much at this temperature. Inside the bisque kiln, the work is stacked a little, small bowl inside a larger bowl and onto a heavy plate. Smaller items like decorations or drink coasters might get stacked several high. Consideration is paid to the weight of the stack and shape of the work. A bisque kiln can fire about one and a half times the amount of work that the glaze kiln can fire. The firing takes about 10 hours to complete the cycle and about two days to cool down. Once it has been emptied the work is placed in the glaze room ready for you to decorate! Step Six – Glazing Decorating your work with colour can be a lot of fun – and time consuming! There are three main options for surface treatment at this stage: Oxide Washes Underglazes Glazes Washes and underglazes do not “glaze” the work – It will still need a layer of glaze to fully seal the clay (washes don’t need glaze on surfaces not designed for food or liquid as they can gloss up a little on their own). Underglazes are stable colourants that turn out pretty much how they look in the jar. They can be mixed with each other to form other colours and can be used like water colours to paint onto your work. Mostly they should have a clear glaze on top to seal them. Oxides are a different species – the pink oxide (cobalt) wash turns out bright blue for instance. They don’t always need a glaze on top, and some glazes can change the colour of the wash! The glazes need no other “glaze” on top! Be careful of unknown glaze interactions – you can put any combination of glaze in a bowl or on a plate, but only a single glaze on the outside of any vertical surface! Glazes are a chemical reaction under heat. We don’t know the exact chemicals in the Mayco glazes we use. I can guess by the way they interact with each other, however, on the whole, you need to test every idea you have, and not run the test on a vertical surface! Simply put, glaze is a layer of glass like substance that bonds with the clay underneath. Clay is made of silica, alumina and water. Glaze is made of mostly silica. Silica has a melting point of 1700°C and we fire to 1240°C. The silica requires a “flux” to help it melt at the lower temperature. Fluxes can be all sorts of chemicals – a common one is calcium – calcium has a melting point of 2500°C, however, together they both melt at a much lower temperature! Colourants are metal oxides like cobalt (blue), chrome (green through black), copper (green, blue, even red!), manganese (black, purple and pink) iron (red brown), etc. Different chemicals in the glaze can have dramatic effects. for example, barium carbonate (which we don’t use) turns manganese bright pink! Other elements can turn manganese dioxide brown, blue, purple and reddish brown. Manganese dioxide is a flux in and of itself as well. So, glazes that get their black and purple colours, often interact with other glazes and RUN! Our mirror black is a good example – it mixes really well with many glazes because it fluxes them – causes them to melt faster. It will also bring out many beautiful colours in the glazes because it’s black colouring most definitely comes from manganese dioxide! Glaze chemistry is a whole subject on it’s own! We use commercial Mayco glazes on purpose – for their huge range of colour possibilities, stability, cool interactions, artistic freedom with the ability to easily brush the glazes on and ease of use. We currently have almost 50 glazes on hand! A major project is to test the interactions of all glazes with each other. That is 2,500 test tiles!!!! I’m going to make the wall behind the wheels the feature wall of pretty colours! Step Seven – Glaze (Gloss or sometimes called “Glost”) Firing Most of the time this is the final stage of making your creation (but not always!) The glaze kiln goes to 1240°C. This is called cone 6, or midrange. It is the low end of stoneware temperatures. Stoneware clays and glazes are typically fired at cone 8 – 10, that is 1260 – 1290°C. The energy requirement to go from 1240°C to 1280°C is almost a 30% more! Our clay is formulated to vitrify (mature, turn “glass-like”) at 1240°, as are our glazes. A glaze kiln take around 12 hours to reach temperature and two to three days to cool down. Sometimes a third firing process is required – this is for decoration that is added to work after the glaze firing. For example – adding precious metals and lustres. this firing temperature is usually around 600 – 800°C depending upon the techniques being used. There are many students interested in gold and silver trims – we will be doing this third type of firing soon! After firing your work will be in the student finished work shelves. Remember to pay for it before you head out the door! There is a small extra charge for using porcelain clay (it’s more than twice the price of regular clay), and for any third firing process! Once your work has been fired it can not turn back into clay for millennia – so don’t fire it if you don’t like it! Put it in the bucket for recycling. https://firebirdstudios.com.au/the-process-of-making-pottery/ This bowl is an example of kitchenware used in the 19th century and still in use today.Bowl white ceramic plain that has two sets of edging around lip. Inside bowl has plaster designed to look like cooking mixture.flagstaff hill, warrnambool, shipwrecked-coast, flagstaff-hill, flagstaff-hill-maritime-museum, maritime-museum, shipwreck-coast, flagstaff-hill-maritime-village, kitchen equipment, ceramic

The Process of Making Pottery Decorating, Firing, Glazing, Making, Technical There is a rhythm and flow to clay. It can’t be done all at once! Even the making process! It can take weeks to get everything done, especially if you can only work on your pottery once a week! Even though we have three hour classes, it’s often just not enough time! Here is an overview of some of the processes so you have a bit more grasp on some of the technical stuff! Step One – Design There are SO many ideas out there for making stuff in clay! From delicate porcelain jewellery, through to heavy sculptural work and everything in between. Deciding your direction is sometimes not that easy – when you first start, try everything, you will naturally gravitate to the style that you enjoy! The options and variations are endless and can get a wee bit overwhelming too! Check in with me before you start to ensure your ideas will work, what order you might do things, how you could achieve the look you are seeking and any other technical data required! Step Two – Making Clay is thixotropic. This means that as you work with it, the clay first gets sloppier and wetter, before is begins to dry in the atmosphere. For most things, you simply can’t do all parts of the project at once. An example of work order might look like: Get last weeks work out from the shelves Prepare clay for today’s work – roll your clay, prepare balls for throwing, make the first stage of a pinch pot) Clean up last week’s work and put it on the shelf for bisque firing Check that you have any glazing to do – and do enough of it that you will have time to finish your main project Do the next step of your next project – there might be a further step that can’t be complete immediately, in that case, wrap your work well and put onto the shelves. Letting your work rest for a while can really help keep your work clean and professional looking. Many things require bagging under plastic to keep it ready for work the next week – put your name on the outside of the bag so you can find your work easily. We have stickers and markers. Consider how you want to decorate your work – coloured slip can be applied at a fairly wet stage (remembering that it will make your work even wetter!). Trying to apply slip to dry clay won’t work! If you want to do sgraffito – you will need to keep the work leather hard (a state of dryness where you can still work the clay with a little effort and a little water and care). Step Three – Drying Most of the time your work can go into the rack uncovered to let it dry out for the following week. If you want to continue forming or shaping you will need to double bag your work – put your work on a suitable sized bat and put the bat in a bag so the base of the bag is under the bat, then put another bag over the top of the work and tuck the top of the bag under the bat. If you want to trim (or turn) your thrown work the following week, it should also be double bagged. If your work is large, delicate, or of uneven thicknesses, you should lightly cover your work for drying. When considering the drying process, bare in mind the weather, humidity and wind! The hotter and dryer, the faster things dry and work can dry unevenly in the shelves – this can lead to cracking – another time to lightly cover your work for drying. Step Four – Trimming and Cleaning Up Your work is dry! It is called greenware now and it is at it’s most fragile! Handle everything with two hands. I often refer to soft hands – keep everything gentle and with your fingers spread as much as possible. Try to not pick up things like plates too much, and always with both hands! Before your work can be bisque fired it should be “cleaned up”. You work won’t go into the kiln if it has sharp edges – when glazed, sharp edges turn into razor blades! Use a piece of fly wire to rub the work all over – this will scratch a little so be light handed. Use a knife or metal kidney to scrape any areas that require a bit more dynamic treatment than the fly wire offers! Finally, a very light wipe over with a slightly damp sponge can help soften and soothe all of your edges and dags! Trimming thrown work: If you are planning to trim (or turn) your thrown work (and you should be), make sure you bag it well – your work should be leather hard to almost dry for easiest trimming. Use this step to finish the work completely – use a metal kidney to polish the surface, or a slightly damp sponge to give a freshly thrown look. Wipe the sponge around the rim after trimming, and check the inside of the pot for dags! Trimming slip cast work: Usually I will trim the rims of your work on the wheel the following day to make that stage easier, however you will still need to check your work for lumps and bumps. Last but not least – check that your name is still clearly on the bottom of your work. Step Five – Bisque Firing When the work is completely dry it can go into the bisque kiln. The bisque kiln is fired to 1000°C. This process burns off the water in the clay as well as some of the chemically bound water. The structure of the clay is not altered that much at this temperature. Inside the bisque kiln, the work is stacked a little, small bowl inside a larger bowl and onto a heavy plate. Smaller items like decorations or drink coasters might get stacked several high. Consideration is paid to the weight of the stack and shape of the work. A bisque kiln can fire about one and a half times the amount of work that the glaze kiln can fire. The firing takes about 10 hours to complete the cycle and about two days to cool down. Once it has been emptied the work is placed in the glaze room ready for you to decorate! Step Six – Glazing Decorating your work with colour can be a lot of fun – and time consuming! There are three main options for surface treatment at this stage: Oxide Washes Underglazes Glazes Washes and underglazes do not “glaze” the work – It will still need a layer of glaze to fully seal the clay (washes don’t need glaze on surfaces not designed for food or liquid as they can gloss up a little on their own). Underglazes are stable colourants that turn out pretty much how they look in the jar. They can be mixed with each other to form other colours and can be used like water colours to paint onto your work. Mostly they should have a clear glaze on top to seal them. Oxides are a different species – the pink oxide (cobalt) wash turns out bright blue for instance. They don’t always need a glaze on top, and some glazes can change the colour of the wash! The glazes need no other “glaze” on top! Be careful of unknown glaze interactions – you can put any combination of glaze in a bowl or on a plate, but only a single glaze on the outside of any vertical surface! Glazes are a chemical reaction under heat. We don’t know the exact chemicals in the Mayco glazes we use. I can guess by the way they interact with each other, however, on the whole, you need to test every idea you have, and not run the test on a vertical surface! Simply put, glaze is a layer of glass like substance that bonds with the clay underneath. Clay is made of silica, alumina and water. Glaze is made of mostly silica. Silica has a melting point of 1700°C and we fire to 1240°C. The silica requires a “flux” to help it melt at the lower temperature. Fluxes can be all sorts of chemicals – a common one is calcium – calcium has a melting point of 2500°C, however, together they both melt at a much lower temperature! Colourants are metal oxides like cobalt (blue), chrome (green through black), copper (green, blue, even red!), manganese (black, purple and pink) iron (red brown), etc. Different chemicals in the glaze can have dramatic effects. for example, barium carbonate (which we don’t use) turns manganese bright pink! Other elements can turn manganese dioxide brown, blue, purple and reddish brown. Manganese dioxide is a flux in and of itself as well. So, glazes that get their black and purple colours, often interact with other glazes and RUN! Our mirror black is a good example – it mixes really well with many glazes because it fluxes them – causes them to melt faster. It will also bring out many beautiful colours in the glazes because it’s black colouring most definitely comes from manganese dioxide! Glaze chemistry is a whole subject on it’s own! We use commercial Mayco glazes on purpose – for their huge range of colour possibilities, stability, cool interactions, artistic freedom with the ability to easily brush the glazes on and ease of use. We currently have almost 50 glazes on hand! A major project is to test the interactions of all glazes with each other. That is 2,500 test tiles!!!! I’m going to make the wall behind the wheels the feature wall of pretty colours! Step Seven – Glaze (Gloss or sometimes called “Glost”) Firing Most of the time this is the final stage of making your creation (but not always!) The glaze kiln goes to 1240°C. This is called cone 6, or midrange. It is the low end of stoneware temperatures. Stoneware clays and glazes are typically fired at cone 8 – 10, that is 1260 – 1290°C. The energy requirement to go from 1240°C to 1280°C is almost a 30% more! Our clay is formulated to vitrify (mature, turn “glass-like”) at 1240°, as are our glazes. A glaze kiln take around 12 hours to reach temperature and two to three days to cool down. Sometimes a third firing process is required – this is for decoration that is added to work after the glaze firing. For example – adding precious metals and lustres. this firing temperature is usually around 600 – 800°C depending upon the techniques being used. There are many students interested in gold and silver trims – we will be doing this third type of firing soon! After firing your work will be in the student finished work shelves. Remember to pay for it before you head out the door! There is a small extra charge for using porcelain clay (it’s more than twice the price of regular clay), and for any third firing process! Once your work has been fired it can not turn back into clay for millennia – so don’t fire it if you don’t like it! Put it in the bucket for recycling. https://firebirdstudios.com.au/the-process-of-making-pottery/This bowl was made by renowned pottery company J & G Meakin of England. The firm was established in the mid-1800's. The bowl is an example of kitchenware used in the 19th century and still in use today.Bowl; white ceramic, round and tapering inwards towards base. Made by J and G Meakin England.On base, 'Ironstone China Reg SOL 391413' with symbolflagstaff hill, flagstaff hill maritime museum and village, warrnambool, maritime museum, maritime village, great ocean road, shipwreck coast, mixing bowl, food preparation, j & g meakin, pottery, stoke-on-trent, kitchen equipment, ceramic

The Process of Making Pottery Decorating, Firing, Glazing, Making, Technical There is a rhythm and flow to clay. It can’t be done all at once! Even the making process! It can take weeks to get everything done, especially if you can only work on your pottery once a week! Even though we have three hour classes, it’s often just not enough time! Here is an overview of some of the processes so you have a bit more grasp on some of the technical stuff! Step One – Design There are SO many ideas out there for making stuff in clay! From delicate porcelain jewellery, through to heavy sculptural work and everything in between. Deciding your direction is sometimes not that easy – when you first start, try everything, you will naturally gravitate to the style that you enjoy! The options and variations are endless and can get a wee bit overwhelming too! Check in with me before you start to ensure your ideas will work, what order you might do things, how you could achieve the look you are seeking and any other technical data required! Step Two – Making Clay is thixotropic. This means that as you work with it, the clay first gets sloppier and wetter, before is begins to dry in the atmosphere. For most things, you simply can’t do all parts of the project at once. An example of work order might look like: Get last weeks work out from the shelves Prepare clay for today’s work – roll your clay, prepare balls for throwing, make the first stage of a pinch pot) Clean up last week’s work and put it on the shelf for bisque firing Check that you have any glazing to do – and do enough of it that you will have time to finish your main project Do the next step of your next project – there might be a further step that can’t be complete immediately, in that case, wrap your work well and put onto the shelves. Letting your work rest for a while can really help keep your work clean and professional looking. Many things require bagging under plastic to keep it ready for work the next week – put your name on the outside of the bag so you can find your work easily. We have stickers and markers. Consider how you want to decorate your work – coloured slip can be applied at a fairly wet stage (remembering that it will make your work even wetter!). Trying to apply slip to dry clay won’t work! If you want to do sgraffito – you will need to keep the work leather hard (a state of dryness where you can still work the clay with a little effort and a little water and care). Step Three – Drying Most of the time your work can go into the rack uncovered to let it dry out for the following week. If you want to continue forming or shaping you will need to double bag your work – put your work on a suitable sized bat and put the bat in a bag so the base of the bag is under the bat, then put another bag over the top of the work and tuck the top of the bag under the bat. If you want to trim (or turn) your thrown work the following week, it should also be double bagged. If your work is large, delicate, or of uneven thicknesses, you should lightly cover your work for drying. When considering the drying process, bare in mind the weather, humidity and wind! The hotter and dryer, the faster things dry and work can dry unevenly in the shelves – this can lead to cracking – another time to lightly cover your work for drying. Step Four – Trimming and Cleaning Up Your work is dry! It is called greenware now and it is at it’s most fragile! Handle everything with two hands. I often refer to soft hands – keep everything gentle and with your fingers spread as much as possible. Try to not pick up things like plates too much, and always with both hands! Before your work can be bisque fired it should be “cleaned up”. You work won’t go into the kiln if it has sharp edges – when glazed, sharp edges turn into razor blades! Use a piece of fly wire to rub the work all over – this will scratch a little so be light handed. Use a knife or metal kidney to scrape any areas that require a bit more dynamic treatment than the fly wire offers! Finally, a very light wipe over with a slightly damp sponge can help soften and soothe all of your edges and dags! Trimming thrown work: If you are planning to trim (or turn) your thrown work (and you should be), make sure you bag it well – your work should be leather hard to almost dry for easiest trimming. Use this step to finish the work completely – use a metal kidney to polish the surface, or a slightly damp sponge to give a freshly thrown look. Wipe the sponge around the rim after trimming, and check the inside of the pot for dags! Trimming slip cast work: Usually I will trim the rims of your work on the wheel the following day to make that stage easier, however you will still need to check your work for lumps and bumps. Last but not least – check that your name is still clearly on the bottom of your work. Step Five – Bisque Firing When the work is completely dry it can go into the bisque kiln. The bisque kiln is fired to 1000°C. This process burns off the water in the clay as well as some of the chemically bound water. The structure of the clay is not altered that much at this temperature. Inside the bisque kiln, the work is stacked a little, small bowl inside a larger bowl and onto a heavy plate. Smaller items like decorations or drink coasters might get stacked several high. Consideration is paid to the weight of the stack and shape of the work. A bisque kiln can fire about one and a half times the amount of work that the glaze kiln can fire. The firing takes about 10 hours to complete the cycle and about two days to cool down. Once it has been emptied the work is placed in the glaze room ready for you to decorate! Step Six – Glazing Decorating your work with colour can be a lot of fun – and time consuming! There are three main options for surface treatment at this stage: Oxide Washes Underglazes Glazes Washes and underglazes do not “glaze” the work – It will still need a layer of glaze to fully seal the clay (washes don’t need glaze on surfaces not designed for food or liquid as they can gloss up a little on their own). Underglazes are stable colourants that turn out pretty much how they look in the jar. They can be mixed with each other to form other colours and can be used like water colours to paint onto your work. Mostly they should have a clear glaze on top to seal them. Oxides are a different species – the pink oxide (cobalt) wash turns out bright blue for instance. They don’t always need a glaze on top, and some glazes can change the colour of the wash! The glazes need no other “glaze” on top! Be careful of unknown glaze interactions – you can put any combination of glaze in a bowl or on a plate, but only a single glaze on the outside of any vertical surface! Glazes are a chemical reaction under heat. We don’t know the exact chemicals in the Mayco glazes we use. I can guess by the way they interact with each other, however, on the whole, you need to test every idea you have, and not run the test on a vertical surface! Simply put, glaze is a layer of glass like substance that bonds with the clay underneath. Clay is made of silica, alumina and water. Glaze is made of mostly silica. Silica has a melting point of 1700°C and we fire to 1240°C. The silica requires a “flux” to help it melt at the lower temperature. Fluxes can be all sorts of chemicals – a common one is calcium – calcium has a melting point of 2500°C, however, together they both melt at a much lower temperature! Colourants are metal oxides like cobalt (blue), chrome (green through black), copper (green, blue, even red!), manganese (black, purple and pink) iron (red brown), etc. Different chemicals in the glaze can have dramatic effects. for example, barium carbonate (which we don’t use) turns manganese bright pink! Other elements can turn manganese dioxide brown, blue, purple and reddish brown. Manganese dioxide is a flux in and of itself as well. So, glazes that get their black and purple colours, often interact with other glazes and RUN! Our mirror black is a good example – it mixes really well with many glazes because it fluxes them – causes them to melt faster. It will also bring out many beautiful colours in the glazes because it’s black colouring most definitely comes from manganese dioxide! Glaze chemistry is a whole subject on it’s own! We use commercial Mayco glazes on purpose – for their huge range of colour possibilities, stability, cool interactions, artistic freedom with the ability to easily brush the glazes on and ease of use. We currently have almost 50 glazes on hand! A major project is to test the interactions of all glazes with each other. That is 2,500 test tiles!!!! I’m going to make the wall behind the wheels the feature wall of pretty colours! Step Seven – Glaze (Gloss or sometimes called “Glost”) Firing Most of the time this is the final stage of making your creation (but not always!) The glaze kiln goes to 1240°C. This is called cone 6, or midrange. It is the low end of stoneware temperatures. Stoneware clays and glazes are typically fired at cone 8 – 10, that is 1260 – 1290°C. The energy requirement to go from 1240°C to 1280°C is almost a 30% more! Our clay is formulated to vitrify (mature, turn “glass-like”) at 1240°, as are our glazes. A glaze kiln take around 12 hours to reach temperature and two to three days to cool down. Sometimes a third firing process is required – this is for decoration that is added to work after the glaze firing. For example – adding precious metals and lustres. this firing temperature is usually around 600 – 800°C depending upon the techniques being used. There are many students interested in gold and silver trims – we will be doing this third type of firing soon! After firing your work will be in the student finished work shelves. Remember to pay for it before you head out the door! There is a small extra charge for using porcelain clay (it’s more than twice the price of regular clay), and for any third firing process! Once your work has been fired it can not turn back into clay for millennia – so don’t fire it if you don’t like it! Put it in the bucket for recycling. https://firebirdstudios.com.au/the-process-of-making-pottery/Ceramics have evolved over thousands of years.White earthenware dinner plate. Crazing evident all over.Backstamped ‘Made in England S LTD’flagstaff hill, warrnambool, shipwrecked-coast, flagstaff-hill, flagstaff-hill-maritime-museum, maritime-museum, shipwreck-coast, flagstaff-hill-maritime-village, ceramics, tableware

The Process of Making Pottery Decorating, Firing, Glazing, Making, Technical There is a rhythm and flow to clay. It can’t be done all at once! Even the making process! It can take weeks to get everything done, especially if you can only work on your pottery once a week! Even though we have three hour classes, it’s often just not enough time! Here is an overview of some of the processes so you have a bit more grasp on some of the technical stuff! Step One – Design There are SO many ideas out there for making stuff in clay! From delicate porcelain jewellery, through to heavy sculptural work and everything in between. Deciding your direction is sometimes not that easy – when you first start, try everything, you will naturally gravitate to the style that you enjoy! The options and variations are endless and can get a wee bit overwhelming too! Check in with me before you start to ensure your ideas will work, what order you might do things, how you could achieve the look you are seeking and any other technical data required! Step Two – Making Clay is thixotropic. This means that as you work with it, the clay first gets sloppier and wetter, before is begins to dry in the atmosphere. For most things, you simply can’t do all parts of the project at once. An example of work order might look like: Get last weeks work out from the shelves Prepare clay for today’s work – roll your clay, prepare balls for throwing, make the first stage of a pinch pot) Clean up last week’s work and put it on the shelf for bisque firing Check that you have any glazing to do – and do enough of it that you will have time to finish your main project Do the next step of your next project – there might be a further step that can’t be complete immediately, in that case, wrap your work well and put onto the shelves. Letting your work rest for a while can really help keep your work clean and professional looking. Many things require bagging under plastic to keep it ready for work the next week – put your name on the outside of the bag so you can find your work easily. We have stickers and markers. Consider how you want to decorate your work – coloured slip can be applied at a fairly wet stage (remembering that it will make your work even wetter!). Trying to apply slip to dry clay won’t work! If you want to do sgraffito – you will need to keep the work leather hard (a state of dryness where you can still work the clay with a little effort and a little water and care). Step Three – Drying Most of the time your work can go into the rack uncovered to let it dry out for the following week. If you want to continue forming or shaping you will need to double bag your work – put your work on a suitable sized bat and put the bat in a bag so the base of the bag is under the bat, then put another bag over the top of the work and tuck the top of the bag under the bat. If you want to trim (or turn) your thrown work the following week, it should also be double bagged. If your work is large, delicate, or of uneven thicknesses, you should lightly cover your work for drying. When considering the drying process, bare in mind the weather, humidity and wind! The hotter and dryer, the faster things dry and work can dry unevenly in the shelves – this can lead to cracking – another time to lightly cover your work for drying. Step Four – Trimming and Cleaning Up Your work is dry! It is called greenware now and it is at it’s most fragile! Handle everything with two hands. I often refer to soft hands – keep everything gentle and with your fingers spread as much as possible. Try to not pick up things like plates too much, and always with both hands! Before your work can be bisque fired it should be “cleaned up”. You work won’t go into the kiln if it has sharp edges – when glazed, sharp edges turn into razor blades! Use a piece of fly wire to rub the work all over – this will scratch a little so be light handed. Use a knife or metal kidney to scrape any areas that require a bit more dynamic treatment than the fly wire offers! Finally, a very light wipe over with a slightly damp sponge can help soften and soothe all of your edges and dags! Trimming thrown work: If you are planning to trim (or turn) your thrown work (and you should be), make sure you bag it well – your work should be leather hard to almost dry for easiest trimming. Use this step to finish the work completely – use a metal kidney to polish the surface, or a slightly damp sponge to give a freshly thrown look. Wipe the sponge around the rim after trimming, and check the inside of the pot for dags! Trimming slip cast work: Usually I will trim the rims of your work on the wheel the following day to make that stage easier, however you will still need to check your work for lumps and bumps. Last but not least – check that your name is still clearly on the bottom of your work. Step Five – Bisque Firing When the work is completely dry it can go into the bisque kiln. The bisque kiln is fired to 1000°C. This process burns off the water in the clay as well as some of the chemically bound water. The structure of the clay is not altered that much at this temperature. Inside the bisque kiln, the work is stacked a little, small bowl inside a larger bowl and onto a heavy plate. Smaller items like decorations or drink coasters might get stacked several high. Consideration is paid to the weight of the stack and shape of the work. A bisque kiln can fire about one and a half times the amount of work that the glaze kiln can fire. The firing takes about 10 hours to complete the cycle and about two days to cool down. Once it has been emptied the work is placed in the glaze room ready for you to decorate! Step Six – Glazing Decorating your work with colour can be a lot of fun – and time consuming! There are three main options for surface treatment at this stage: Oxide Washes Underglazes Glazes Washes and underglazes do not “glaze” the work – It will still need a layer of glaze to fully seal the clay (washes don’t need glaze on surfaces not designed for food or liquid as they can gloss up a little on their own). Underglazes are stable colourants that turn out pretty much how they look in the jar. They can be mixed with each other to form other colours and can be used like water colours to paint onto your work. Mostly they should have a clear glaze on top to seal them. Oxides are a different species – the pink oxide (cobalt) wash turns out bright blue for instance. They don’t always need a glaze on top, and some glazes can change the colour of the wash! The glazes need no other “glaze” on top! Be careful of unknown glaze interactions – you can put any combination of glaze in a bowl or on a plate, but only a single glaze on the outside of any vertical surface! Glazes are a chemical reaction under heat. We don’t know the exact chemicals in the Mayco glazes we use. I can guess by the way they interact with each other, however, on the whole, you need to test every idea you have, and not run the test on a vertical surface! Simply put, glaze is a layer of glass like substance that bonds with the clay underneath. Clay is made of silica, alumina and water. Glaze is made of mostly silica. Silica has a melting point of 1700°C and we fire to 1240°C. The silica requires a “flux” to help it melt at the lower temperature. Fluxes can be all sorts of chemicals – a common one is calcium – calcium has a melting point of 2500°C, however, together they both melt at a much lower temperature! Colourants are metal oxides like cobalt (blue), chrome (green through black), copper (green, blue, even red!), manganese (black, purple and pink) iron (red brown), etc. Different chemicals in the glaze can have dramatic effects. for example, barium carbonate (which we don’t use) turns manganese bright pink! Other elements can turn manganese dioxide brown, blue, purple and reddish brown. Manganese dioxide is a flux in and of itself as well. So, glazes that get their black and purple colours, often interact with other glazes and RUN! Our mirror black is a good example – it mixes really well with many glazes because it fluxes them – causes them to melt faster. It will also bring out many beautiful colours in the glazes because it’s black colouring most definitely comes from manganese dioxide! Glaze chemistry is a whole subject on it’s own! We use commercial Mayco glazes on purpose – for their huge range of colour possibilities, stability, cool interactions, artistic freedom with the ability to easily brush the glazes on and ease of use. We currently have almost 50 glazes on hand! A major project is to test the interactions of all glazes with each other. That is 2,500 test tiles!!!! I’m going to make the wall behind the wheels the feature wall of pretty colours! Step Seven – Glaze (Gloss or sometimes called “Glost”) Firing Most of the time this is the final stage of making your creation (but not always!) The glaze kiln goes to 1240°C. This is called cone 6, or midrange. It is the low end of stoneware temperatures. Stoneware clays and glazes are typically fired at cone 8 – 10, that is 1260 – 1290°C. The energy requirement to go from 1240°C to 1280°C is almost a 30% more! Our clay is formulated to vitrify (mature, turn “glass-like”) at 1240°, as are our glazes. A glaze kiln take around 12 hours to reach temperature and two to three days to cool down. Sometimes a third firing process is required – this is for decoration that is added to work after the glaze firing. For example – adding precious metals and lustres. this firing temperature is usually around 600 – 800°C depending upon the techniques being used. There are many students interested in gold and silver trims – we will be doing this third type of firing soon! After firing your work will be in the student finished work shelves. Remember to pay for it before you head out the door! There is a small extra charge for using porcelain clay (it’s more than twice the price of regular clay), and for any third firing process! Once your work has been fired it can not turn back into clay for millennia – so don’t fire it if you don’t like it! Put it in the bucket for recycling. https://firebirdstudios.com.au/the-process-of-making-pottery/Ceramics have evolved over thousands of years.A white earthenware side plate with a gadroon edge. Has water marks and chips on front.‘Johnson Bros England Reg No 15587’flagstaff hill, warrnambool, shipwrecked-coast, flagstaff-hill, flagstaff-hill-maritime-museum, maritime-museum, shipwreck-coast, flagstaff-hill-maritime-village, johnson bros, ceramics, tableware

The Process of Making Pottery Decorating, Firing, Glazing, Making, Technical There is a rhythm and flow to clay. It can’t be done all at once! Even the making process! It can take weeks to get everything done, especially if you can only work on your pottery once a week! Even though we have three hour classes, it’s often just not enough time! Here is an overview of some of the processes so you have a bit more grasp on some of the technical stuff! Step One – Design There are SO many ideas out there for making stuff in clay! From delicate porcelain jewellery, through to heavy sculptural work and everything in between. Deciding your direction is sometimes not that easy – when you first start, try everything, you will naturally gravitate to the style that you enjoy! The options and variations are endless and can get a wee bit overwhelming too! Check in with me before you start to ensure your ideas will work, what order you might do things, how you could achieve the look you are seeking and any other technical data required! Step Two – Making Clay is thixotropic. This means that as you work with it, the clay first gets sloppier and wetter, before is begins to dry in the atmosphere. For most things, you simply can’t do all parts of the project at once. An example of work order might look like: Get last weeks work out from the shelves Prepare clay for today’s work – roll your clay, prepare balls for throwing, make the first stage of a pinch pot) Clean up last week’s work and put it on the shelf for bisque firing Check that you have any glazing to do – and do enough of it that you will have time to finish your main project Do the next step of your next project – there might be a further step that can’t be complete immediately, in that case, wrap your work well and put onto the shelves. Letting your work rest for a while can really help keep your work clean and professional looking. Many things require bagging under plastic to keep it ready for work the next week – put your name on the outside of the bag so you can find your work easily. We have stickers and markers. Consider how you want to decorate your work – coloured slip can be applied at a fairly wet stage (remembering that it will make your work even wetter!). Trying to apply slip to dry clay won’t work! If you want to do sgraffito – you will need to keep the work leather hard (a state of dryness where you can still work the clay with a little effort and a little water and care). Step Three – Drying Most of the time your work can go into the rack uncovered to let it dry out for the following week. If you want to continue forming or shaping you will need to double bag your work – put your work on a suitable sized bat and put the bat in a bag so the base of the bag is under the bat, then put another bag over the top of the work and tuck the top of the bag under the bat. If you want to trim (or turn) your thrown work the following week, it should also be double bagged. If your work is large, delicate, or of uneven thicknesses, you should lightly cover your work for drying. When considering the drying process, bare in mind the weather, humidity and wind! The hotter and dryer, the faster things dry and work can dry unevenly in the shelves – this can lead to cracking – another time to lightly cover your work for drying. Step Four – Trimming and Cleaning Up Your work is dry! It is called greenware now and it is at it’s most fragile! Handle everything with two hands. I often refer to soft hands – keep everything gentle and with your fingers spread as much as possible. Try to not pick up things like plates too much, and always with both hands! Before your work can be bisque fired it should be “cleaned up”. You work won’t go into the kiln if it has sharp edges – when glazed, sharp edges turn into razor blades! Use a piece of fly wire to rub the work all over – this will scratch a little so be light handed. Use a knife or metal kidney to scrape any areas that require a bit more dynamic treatment than the fly wire offers! Finally, a very light wipe over with a slightly damp sponge can help soften and soothe all of your edges and dags! Trimming thrown work: If you are planning to trim (or turn) your thrown work (and you should be), make sure you bag it well – your work should be leather hard to almost dry for easiest trimming. Use this step to finish the work completely – use a metal kidney to polish the surface, or a slightly damp sponge to give a freshly thrown look. Wipe the sponge around the rim after trimming, and check the inside of the pot for dags! Trimming slip cast work: Usually I will trim the rims of your work on the wheel the following day to make that stage easier, however you will still need to check your work for lumps and bumps. Last but not least – check that your name is still clearly on the bottom of your work. Step Five – Bisque Firing When the work is completely dry it can go into the bisque kiln. The bisque kiln is fired to 1000°C. This process burns off the water in the clay as well as some of the chemically bound water. The structure of the clay is not altered that much at this temperature. Inside the bisque kiln, the work is stacked a little, small bowl inside a larger bowl and onto a heavy plate. Smaller items like decorations or drink coasters might get stacked several high. Consideration is paid to the weight of the stack and shape of the work. A bisque kiln can fire about one and a half times the amount of work that the glaze kiln can fire. The firing takes about 10 hours to complete the cycle and about two days to cool down. Once it has been emptied the work is placed in the glaze room ready for you to decorate! Step Six – Glazing Decorating your work with colour can be a lot of fun – and time consuming! There are three main options for surface treatment at this stage: Oxide Washes Underglazes Glazes Washes and underglazes do not “glaze” the work – It will still need a layer of glaze to fully seal the clay (washes don’t need glaze on surfaces not designed for food or liquid as they can gloss up a little on their own). Underglazes are stable colourants that turn out pretty much how they look in the jar. They can be mixed with each other to form other colours and can be used like water colours to paint onto your work. Mostly they should have a clear glaze on top to seal them. Oxides are a different species – the pink oxide (cobalt) wash turns out bright blue for instance. They don’t always need a glaze on top, and some glazes can change the colour of the wash! The glazes need no other “glaze” on top! Be careful of unknown glaze interactions – you can put any combination of glaze in a bowl or on a plate, but only a single glaze on the outside of any vertical surface! Glazes are a chemical reaction under heat. We don’t know the exact chemicals in the Mayco glazes we use. I can guess by the way they interact with each other, however, on the whole, you need to test every idea you have, and not run the test on a vertical surface! Simply put, glaze is a layer of glass like substance that bonds with the clay underneath. Clay is made of silica, alumina and water. Glaze is made of mostly silica. Silica has a melting point of 1700°C and we fire to 1240°C. The silica requires a “flux” to help it melt at the lower temperature. Fluxes can be all sorts of chemicals – a common one is calcium – calcium has a melting point of 2500°C, however, together they both melt at a much lower temperature! Colourants are metal oxides like cobalt (blue), chrome (green through black), copper (green, blue, even red!), manganese (black, purple and pink) iron (red brown), etc. Different chemicals in the glaze can have dramatic effects. for example, barium carbonate (which we don’t use) turns manganese bright pink! Other elements can turn manganese dioxide brown, blue, purple and reddish brown. Manganese dioxide is a flux in and of itself as well. So, glazes that get their black and purple colours, often interact with other glazes and RUN! Our mirror black is a good example – it mixes really well with many glazes because it fluxes them – causes them to melt faster. It will also bring out many beautiful colours in the glazes because it’s black colouring most definitely comes from manganese dioxide! Glaze chemistry is a whole subject on it’s own! We use commercial Mayco glazes on purpose – for their huge range of colour possibilities, stability, cool interactions, artistic freedom with the ability to easily brush the glazes on and ease of use. We currently have almost 50 glazes on hand! A major project is to test the interactions of all glazes with each other. That is 2,500 test tiles!!!! I’m going to make the wall behind the wheels the feature wall of pretty colours! Step Seven – Glaze (Gloss or sometimes called “Glost”) Firing Most of the time this is the final stage of making your creation (but not always!) The glaze kiln goes to 1240°C. This is called cone 6, or midrange. It is the low end of stoneware temperatures. Stoneware clays and glazes are typically fired at cone 8 – 10, that is 1260 – 1290°C. The energy requirement to go from 1240°C to 1280°C is almost a 30% more! Our clay is formulated to vitrify (mature, turn “glass-like”) at 1240°, as are our glazes. A glaze kiln take around 12 hours to reach temperature and two to three days to cool down. Sometimes a third firing process is required – this is for decoration that is added to work after the glaze firing. For example – adding precious metals and lustres. this firing temperature is usually around 600 – 800°C depending upon the techniques being used. There are many students interested in gold and silver trims – we will be doing this third type of firing soon! After firing your work will be in the student finished work shelves. Remember to pay for it before you head out the door! There is a small extra charge for using porcelain clay (it’s more than twice the price of regular clay), and for any third firing process! Once your work has been fired it can not turn back into clay for millennia – so don’t fire it if you don’t like it! Put it in the bucket for recycling. https://firebirdstudios.com.au/the-process-of-making-pottery/Ceramics have evolved over thousands of years.Earthenware dessert plate, cream colour. Made by Alfred Meakin, England. Backstamped ‘Alfred Meakin England’. flagstaff hill, warrnambool, shipwrecked-coast, flagstaff-hill, flagstaff-hill-maritime-museum, maritime-museum, shipwreck-coast, flagstaff-hill-maritime-village, alfred meakin, ceramics, earthenware, kitchenware

The Process of Making Pottery Decorating, Firing, Glazing, Making, Technical There is a rhythm and flow to clay. It can’t be done all at once! Even the making process! It can take weeks to get everything done, especially if you can only work on your pottery once a week! Even though we have three hour classes, it’s often just not enough time! Here is an overview of some of the processes so you have a bit more grasp on some of the technical stuff! Step One – Design There are SO many ideas out there for making stuff in clay! From delicate porcelain jewellery, through to heavy sculptural work and everything in between. Deciding your direction is sometimes not that easy – when you first start, try everything, you will naturally gravitate to the style that you enjoy! The options and variations are endless and can get a wee bit overwhelming too! Check in with me before you start to ensure your ideas will work, what order you might do things, how you could achieve the look you are seeking and any other technical data required! Step Two – Making Clay is thixotropic. This means that as you work with it, the clay first gets sloppier and wetter, before is begins to dry in the atmosphere. For most things, you simply can’t do all parts of the project at once. An example of work order might look like: Get last weeks work out from the shelves Prepare clay for today’s work – roll your clay, prepare balls for throwing, make the first stage of a pinch pot) Clean up last week’s work and put it on the shelf for bisque firing Check that you have any glazing to do – and do enough of it that you will have time to finish your main project Do the next step of your next project – there might be a further step that can’t be complete immediately, in that case, wrap your work well and put onto the shelves. Letting your work rest for a while can really help keep your work clean and professional looking. Many things require bagging under plastic to keep it ready for work the next week – put your name on the outside of the bag so you can find your work easily. We have stickers and markers. Consider how you want to decorate your work – coloured slip can be applied at a fairly wet stage (remembering that it will make your work even wetter!). Trying to apply slip to dry clay won’t work! If you want to do sgraffito – you will need to keep the work leather hard (a state of dryness where you can still work the clay with a little effort and a little water and care). Step Three – Drying Most of the time your work can go into the rack uncovered to let it dry out for the following week. If you want to continue forming or shaping you will need to double bag your work – put your work on a suitable sized bat and put the bat in a bag so the base of the bag is under the bat, then put another bag over the top of the work and tuck the top of the bag under the bat. If you want to trim (or turn) your thrown work the following week, it should also be double bagged. If your work is large, delicate, or of uneven thicknesses, you should lightly cover your work for drying. When considering the drying process, bare in mind the weather, humidity and wind! The hotter and dryer, the faster things dry and work can dry unevenly in the shelves – this can lead to cracking – another time to lightly cover your work for drying. Step Four – Trimming and Cleaning Up Your work is dry! It is called greenware now and it is at it’s most fragile! Handle everything with two hands. I often refer to soft hands – keep everything gentle and with your fingers spread as much as possible. Try to not pick up things like plates too much, and always with both hands! Before your work can be bisque fired it should be “cleaned up”. You work won’t go into the kiln if it has sharp edges – when glazed, sharp edges turn into razor blades! Use a piece of fly wire to rub the work all over – this will scratch a little so be light handed. Use a knife or metal kidney to scrape any areas that require a bit more dynamic treatment than the fly wire offers! Finally, a very light wipe over with a slightly damp sponge can help soften and soothe all of your edges and dags! Trimming thrown work: If you are planning to trim (or turn) your thrown work (and you should be), make sure you bag it well – your work should be leather hard to almost dry for easiest trimming. Use this step to finish the work completely – use a metal kidney to polish the surface, or a slightly damp sponge to give a freshly thrown look. Wipe the sponge around the rim after trimming, and check the inside of the pot for dags! Trimming slip cast work: Usually I will trim the rims of your work on the wheel the following day to make that stage easier, however you will still need to check your work for lumps and bumps. Last but not least – check that your name is still clearly on the bottom of your work. Step Five – Bisque Firing When the work is completely dry it can go into the bisque kiln. The bisque kiln is fired to 1000°C. This process burns off the water in the clay as well as some of the chemically bound water. The structure of the clay is not altered that much at this temperature. Inside the bisque kiln, the work is stacked a little, small bowl inside a larger bowl and onto a heavy plate. Smaller items like decorations or drink coasters might get stacked several high. Consideration is paid to the weight of the stack and shape of the work. A bisque kiln can fire about one and a half times the amount of work that the glaze kiln can fire. The firing takes about 10 hours to complete the cycle and about two days to cool down. Once it has been emptied the work is placed in the glaze room ready for you to decorate! Step Six – Glazing Decorating your work with colour can be a lot of fun – and time consuming! There are three main options for surface treatment at this stage: Oxide Washes Underglazes Glazes Washes and underglazes do not “glaze” the work – It will still need a layer of glaze to fully seal the clay (washes don’t need glaze on surfaces not designed for food or liquid as they can gloss up a little on their own). Underglazes are stable colourants that turn out pretty much how they look in the jar. They can be mixed with each other to form other colours and can be used like water colours to paint onto your work. Mostly they should have a clear glaze on top to seal them. Oxides are a different species – the pink oxide (cobalt) wash turns out bright blue for instance. They don’t always need a glaze on top, and some glazes can change the colour of the wash! The glazes need no other “glaze” on top! Be careful of unknown glaze interactions – you can put any combination of glaze in a bowl or on a plate, but only a single glaze on the outside of any vertical surface! Glazes are a chemical reaction under heat. We don’t know the exact chemicals in the Mayco glazes we use. I can guess by the way they interact with each other, however, on the whole, you need to test every idea you have, and not run the test on a vertical surface! Simply put, glaze is a layer of glass like substance that bonds with the clay underneath. Clay is made of silica, alumina and water. Glaze is made of mostly silica. Silica has a melting point of 1700°C and we fire to 1240°C. The silica requires a “flux” to help it melt at the lower temperature. Fluxes can be all sorts of chemicals – a common one is calcium – calcium has a melting point of 2500°C, however, together they both melt at a much lower temperature! Colourants are metal oxides like cobalt (blue), chrome (green through black), copper (green, blue, even red!), manganese (black, purple and pink) iron (red brown), etc. Different chemicals in the glaze can have dramatic effects. for example, barium carbonate (which we don’t use) turns manganese bright pink! Other elements can turn manganese dioxide brown, blue, purple and reddish brown. Manganese dioxide is a flux in and of itself as well. So, glazes that get their black and purple colours, often interact with other glazes and RUN! Our mirror black is a good example – it mixes really well with many glazes because it fluxes them – causes them to melt faster. It will also bring out many beautiful colours in the glazes because it’s black colouring most definitely comes from manganese dioxide! Glaze chemistry is a whole subject on it’s own! We use commercial Mayco glazes on purpose – for their huge range of colour possibilities, stability, cool interactions, artistic freedom with the ability to easily brush the glazes on and ease of use. We currently have almost 50 glazes on hand! A major project is to test the interactions of all glazes with each other. That is 2,500 test tiles!!!! I’m going to make the wall behind the wheels the feature wall of pretty colours! Step Seven – Glaze (Gloss or sometimes called “Glost”) Firing Most of the time this is the final stage of making your creation (but not always!) The glaze kiln goes to 1240°C. This is called cone 6, or midrange. It is the low end of stoneware temperatures. Stoneware clays and glazes are typically fired at cone 8 – 10, that is 1260 – 1290°C. The energy requirement to go from 1240°C to 1280°C is almost a 30% more! Our clay is formulated to vitrify (mature, turn “glass-like”) at 1240°, as are our glazes. A glaze kiln take around 12 hours to reach temperature and two to three days to cool down. Sometimes a third firing process is required – this is for decoration that is added to work after the glaze firing. For example – adding precious metals and lustres. this firing temperature is usually around 600 – 800°C depending upon the techniques being used. There are many students interested in gold and silver trims – we will be doing this third type of firing soon! After firing your work will be in the student finished work shelves. Remember to pay for it before you head out the door! There is a small extra charge for using porcelain clay (it’s more than twice the price of regular clay), and for any third firing process! Once your work has been fired it can not turn back into clay for millennia – so don’t fire it if you don’t like it! Put it in the bucket for recycling. https://firebirdstudios.com.au/the-process-of-making-pottery/The form of the jug has been in use for many centuries.Stoneware jug. Two tone brown glaze with pierced lip behind spout. Spout chipped.None.flagstaff hill, warrnambool, shipwrecked-coast, flagstaff-hill, flagstaff-hill-maritime-museum, maritime-museum, shipwreck-coast, flagstaff-hill-maritime-village, jug, ceramic jug

Castlemaine State Festival, Castlemaine. 2 November 1990. Programme. From the Chairmen - Mr Bereck Segan. Melbourne Committee: B R Segan, O.B.E. (Chairman), M Besen, A.O. (Deputy Chairman), Mrs H Dore (Hon. Sec.), C Anzarut, N Bourke, Ms M Coillet, Prof. C Duckworth, G Fairfax, A.M., K MacKenzie-Forbes, A.M., Mrs B Margetts, Dr F R Moulds, I.S.O., R Nordlinger, J Parker, M.B.E., A Porter, Ms M Prendergast, C Pyett, Ms D Reilly, Mrs, Ms L Schiftan, P M Schiftan, D Segan, B J Stewart, Ms S Walker, Dr R Wlikie. Melbourne Committee: I O'Halloran, (Chairman), Mrs M Rilen (Hon.Sec.), Miss R Wood (Treas), Mrs L Bennet, Mrs M Bock, S Cox, Cr T Daniell, Mrs H Griffiths, B Heydon, N Jennings, Mrs C McKellar, Miss M Oliver, L O'Toole, F Ransome-Smith, J Shortal, Dr D Silver, Mrs V Victor-Gordon, Mes E Warren, Miss L Waters. Welcome to the 1990 Castlemaine State Festival. As one festival closes, planning for the next commences immediately.. . Mr Ian O'Halloran, Chairman, Castlemaine. Castlemaine State Festival Administration, Festival Manager: Phee Broadway, Manager's Assistant: Mary Harris, Technical Manager: Lis Pain, Drawing Prize Co-ordinator: Bev Singleton, Farnham Concert Co-Ordinator: Noel Jennings with Victorian Rock Foundation. Event Listings: Opening by Hon. Jim Kennan M.P., Deputy Premier and Minister for the Arts Castlemaine Stadium. Melbourne Symphony Orchestra, Conductor - Hiroyuki Iwaki, Soloist - Dong -Suk Kang. Royal Variety Club Grand Final Theatre Royal, Town Crier Mr Neville Stonehouse. Kilmna Wildflower Walk. 'Melbourne: Architecture Today and the year 2000' Professor Peter McIntyre, A.O. Wine tasting. Selected Antique Fair. Organ Recital, organist Michael Bottomly. Mickleford Tour. A Closer Look at Castlemaine, Castlemaine Historical Society. 'Local Brew' Love Letters by A R Gurney, Starring Julia Blake and Terry Norris Directed by George Fairfax A.M. The Noel Watson Show. John Pringle and Miriam Gormley sing Operatic Gems with the Rantos Collegium and conductor Nicholas Braithwaite. The Incredible Shrinking Mortgage Show', Pat Wilson and Adrian Barnes. Festival Nightcap, Mr P P an acrobatic delight. Breakfast with Potts in the Park. A Stroll Around Town, Historical Society guide. Gardens Open. Selected Antique Fair. Festive Family Fun, musician Natasha Moszenin, Fratellini Brothers, Tim Hurley, Wally Fair Ground Organ, Foundry Band, Megan Jones, Mr P P. A guided Tour, Mrs Marjorie Rilen. Goetz Richter - Violin, Jeanett Carrigan - Piano. 'King Lear', Berenice Kavanagh and Suzanne Kersten. The Chagell Ensemble, Rita Reichman, Piano, Semmy Stalhammer, Violin. Trevor Jones, Viola. David Pereira, Cello. Steven Reeves, Double Bass. 'The Incredible Shrinking Mortagage Show' Pat Wilson and Adrian Barnes. Festival Hymns. 'Recital' Hellen Noonan, Douglas Horton, David Chesworth, Jacqui Everett, Jude Gunson. Music for Flute and Piano, Dereck Jones - Flute, Jeanell Carrigan - Piano. 'Brass With Class' William Evans - trumpet, David Farrend - trumpet, Russell Davis - french horn, Ken McClimont - trombone, Eric Klay - bass trombone. Piano Recital - Richard Mapp. Chris Ludwick's Society Synocopators - Cup Eve Cabaret, Chris Ludowyk - trombone, Peter Gaudion- Trumpet, Richard Miller - reeds, Pip Avent - tuba, Cal Duffy's - drums. 'Cup Eve Comedy' Rachel Berger and Richard Stubbs. Festival Nightcap Mr P P. Botanical Gardens Tour Kevin Walsh. Alice's Adventures in Wonderland Glenn Elston. By arrangement with Feipp and Park Projects and Elston, Hocking and Woods Pty Ltd. Family Concert, Piano for 4 hands Jocelyn Abbott and Richard Mapp, actor Justin Shortal. Cup Day Sports Carnival. Fashion Parade, luncheon available at Georgians in George Clark Place. The Melba Trio, Carolyn Hayes - Oboe, Jane Stacvy - cor anglais, Seng Tong - Oboe. 'Images' Prudence Davis - flute, Jeffrey Crellin - oboe, Peter Lynch - guitar. 'Sounds in Time' Andree Cozens - soprano, Berenice Kavanagh - words, Dudley - Simons - piano, John Snowden - Guitar, Peter Taylor - Set design & lighting. 'Music for Celestial Voices' Laurence - Jenkins - organ, Mary Anderson - harp, Margot Anderson - harp, Margot Cory - soprano. 'Proms for Preps' Nehama Patkin. Organ Recital Keeith Bottomley. Kaweka Walk, Kaweka Reserve Committee. 'Camille Claudel'. The Tudor Choristers Musical Director - John O'Donnell. 'Something for Everyone' Nehama Patkin - piano, guitar and voice, Peter Clinch - saxaphone and clarinet, major Australian Orchastras. 'The Dock Brief' & 'What Shall We Tell Caroline' Neville Stonehouse, Kay Barker, David Bickart, Angela Walter. 'Bluebeard' The Rag & Bone Theatre Company. Poedijono and the Javanese Gamelan, Poedijono (Teacher), musician, dancer and puppeteer. Botanical Gardens Tour, Kevin Walsh, horticulturist and garden writer. 'Music through the Ages' 'Pizzicato' - classical guitar ensemble, Castlemaine Courthouse, Bruce Millar, Meryl Wilkinson, Greg Wilkinson, Greg James, Joan Maher, Danny Silver. Bach and Vivaldi - Elysium Ensemble Greg Dikmans - Art Director, flute & recorder, Julie Hewison - violin, Lucinda Moon - violin, Janet Ferandez - viola, Miriam Morris - cello, Rosemanry Westbrook - double bass, John O'Donnell - harpsichord. 'Handle by Candle' Laurence Jenkins. Sarah Grunstein at the Piano, Sarah Grunstein. 'Let the Children Sing' Castlemaine Children's Choir, director Michael Bottomley, soloist Peter Bottomley. 'Made in Australia' Phillip Day, Bruce Waston, & 'Twankydillo'. The Dancers Company of the Australian Ballet, Les Sylphides, Dame Peggy van Praagh, Sir John Betjeman, Robert Ray. 'The Wooden Child' Handspan Theatre, Douglass Horton, Ken Evans, Andre Greenwell, Peter J Wilson, Philip Lethean. Botanic Gardens Tour Kevin Walsh. Divine Accidents and Heavenly Venues' William (Bill) Akers, A.M., Director of Productions, Australian Ballet. Jazz at the Jail. Another Stroll round Castlemaine, Historical Society. Muckleford Tour, Naturalists Club. 'Sketches' The Argus Guitar Quartet, Jochen Sxhubert, Tania Ravbar, Samantha Tout, Chi Ly.Scores for Instruments and Voices, Phylis Bachelor. Fred Shade, flute; Mara Miller, Violin; Len Vorster, piano; Loris Synan, soprano; and the students of the Faculty of Music, Melbourne University. Music for Four Hands at One Keyboard, Jocelyn Abbot and Richard Mapp. Paul Grabowsky and the Groovematics, Paul Graboesky, piano. Andrew Gander, Drums. Doug de Vries, guitar. Bob Venier, Trumpet, Flugelhorn. Ian Chaplin, saxophone. Garry Costello, double bass. Shelley Scown, vocals. 'My Most Loved Songs' David Bickart - Basso. Chapliapin, McEachern, Pinza, Robeson, Dawson. A Stroll Around Town, Historical Society. Breakfast at Buda. Garden Open. Festival Eucharist, choir and orchestra Directed by Kevin Bottomley. Music, Madness, Magic. Itchy Feet Pep Band, 'Sound Steppers', 'Legs on the Wall', Andrew Elliot, Antebodies. A Guided Tour of Angligan Parish Church. John Farnham in Concert, The Chain Reaction Tour. John Farnham. Exhibitions: Aspects of France: The Australian Artist's View. Artsits include John Russell, Lloyd Rees, David Davies, John Dent, Eric Wilson, E Phillips Fox, Ethal Carrick, Rupert Bunny, Max Meldrum, Will Ashton, George Bell and others. Annemieke Mein: Embroidery and Applique. Castlemaine Artists Incorporated 6th Biennial Exhibition. Dominique Segan Castlemaine State Festival Drawing Prize 1990. 'Provocative Pieces'. 'Feathered Friends' Barbara Muir. Through the Looking Glass. Handmade - For Pleasure, Julie Cook - dolls and puppets; Traude Beilharz - hats; Gwen Cook - embroidery; Erika Beilharz - woven pieces. 'High Art' students of Castlemaine. 'Works in Wood' Laurie Vella. Old Telegraph Station, Pioneers and Old Residents Association, Jubilee booklet on sale. Studio Exhibition, Juliana Hilton: Prints, paintings decorated screens and furniture. Val Restarick: Pottery and outdoor planters. 2nd Biennial Ernest Leviny Commemorative Silver Exhibition, leading contemporary silversmiths; Hendrick Foster, Tony Kean, Mike Wilson, Flynn Bros, Andrew Last, Mark Edgoose, Peter Gerter, Beatrice Schlabowsly, Marian Hoskings, Karyn Kirby, Chris Sherwin, Peter McBride, Fran Allison. Ray Stanyer - Ceramic Paintings. Norman Anderson - Water Colour Studies. 'Australian & Baroque' David Terry. 'Mediterranean Images' Val Restarick. Framing Shop, Brian Harding. Exhibition of Women Artists, Liz Caffin, Mary Quinlton, Debra Watkins, Lorraine Le Plastrier. Maine Images, Jacki Bickart, Valarie Blake, Sue Breeney, Kate Burtchell, Janet Chapman, Diana Davidson, Betty Hall, Deidre Hull, Molly Maddox, Norma McKenzie, Beth Oag, Rhyll Plant, Michell Phillipson, Diane Thompson. Ceramics, Ian Drumond. 'The Esplanade of Palms' (Brickworks Exhibition), John Wilkins. Han Built Pottery, George Butcher. Hollis Gallery, Richard Hollis, Kathy Hollis. 'End of an Era', Castlemaine Technical College Student Exhibition. 'Building A Country', Commissioned by the Latrobe Library, the Australian State Library of Victoria. The Festival Exhibition. 'Colour - Three Way's, Alice Clague, Geoffrey Clague, Howard Tozer. Tonal Oil Painters and Tapestry Exhibition by a group of local artists, Albert Pollard, Shirley Anderson, Valerie Blake, Ivy Brown, Marjorie Byrne, Janet Chapman, Frances Cree, Colleen Hall, Loretta Harris, Phyllis McClure, Lorraine McDowell, Norma McLean, Margaret Maher, Winsome Morrat, Jean Perry, Martha Phillips, Alison Ross, Norma Sneddon, Val Story, Irene Szabo, Jean Wells, and Alan Winzor. Roma Dodson.'BarleyTwist Cottage', Bill Davies, Linda Long, Fred Kuhnl. Photography Exhibition: Faces and Souls. Children's Books and Illustrations, Meet the authors and illustrators. Burnett Gallery and Garden, Drew Lawson, photographer of Eaglehawk. Decorated Cakes & Sugar Craft Exhibition, Barbara Porter. Sponsored by Marong Hotel. The Central Victorian Unique Design & Restoration Centre, historical photographs, sketches, etc. Badger's Keep Nursery & Mr Badger's Shop, Margaret Lees, Bill Jackson. Carriage Builders & Restorers. 'Harmonious Inspirations X Four' Kristina Browning, Catherine Tait, Rod Pitt, Lindy McAboy, Castle Mice by Sonia. Historic Cottage, 'Orvil Dean Stud', John and Anne Murdock, Judy Dean. The Heritage of Maldon, Geoffery Stocks. Stanyer's Pottery, Dragon Magic, Annett Annand, Ellan Hansa. 2(two) copies of this program.event, entertainment, castemaine state festival, castlemaine state festival, castlemaine 1990. programme. chairmen - mr bereck segan. committee:b r segan, o.b.e. (chairman), m besen, a.o. (deputy chairman), mrs h dore (hon. sec.), c anzarut, n bourke, ms m coillet, prof. c duckworth, g fairfax, a.m., k mackenzie-forbes, a.m., mrs b margetts, dr f r moulds, i.s.o., r nordlinger, j parker, m.b.e., a porter, ms m prendergast, c pyett, ms d reilly, mrs, ms l schiftan, p m schiftan, d segan, b j stewart, ms s walker, dr r wlikie. melbourne committee: i o'halloran, (chairman), mrs m rilen (hon.sec.), miss r wood (treas), mrs l bennet, mrs m bock, s cox, cr t daniell, mrs h griffiths, b heydon, n jennings, mrs c mckellar, miss m oliver, l o'toole, f ransome-smith, j shortal, dr d silver, mrs v victor-gordon, mes e warren, miss l waters. mr ian o'halloran, chairman, castlemaine. castlemaine state festival administration, festival manager: phee broadway, manager's assistant: mary harris, technical manager: lis pain, drawing prize co-ordinator: bev singleton, farnham concert co-ordinator: noel jennings with victorian rock foundation. event listings: opening by hon. jim kennan m.p., deputy premier and minister for the arts castlemaine stadium. melbourne symphony orchestra, condustor - hiroyuki iwaki, soloist - dong -suk kang. royal variety club grand final theatre royal, town crier mr neville stonehouse. kilmna 'melbourne: professor peter mcintyre, a.o. organist michael bottomly. mickleford tour. castlemaine historical society. love letters by a r gurney, starring julia blake terry norris directed by george fairfax a.m. the noel watson show.john pringle and miriam gormley operatic rantos collegium and conductor nicholas braithwaite. the incredible shrinking mortgage show', pat wilson and adrian barnes., mr p p an acrobatic delight. potts in the park. a stroll around town, historical society guide. selected antique fair. festive family fun, musician natasha moszenin, fratellini brothers, tim hurley, wally fair ground organ, foundry band, megan jones, . a guided tour, mrs marjorie rilen. goetz richter - violin, jeanell carrigan - piano. 'king lear', berenice kavanagh and suzanne kersten. the chagell ensemble, rita reichman, piano, semmy stalhammer, violin. trevor jones, viola. david pereira, cello.steven reeves, double bass. pat wilson and adrian barnes. festival hymns. 'recital' hellen noonan, douglas horton, david chesworth, jacqui everett, jude gunson. music for flute and piano, dereck jones - flute, jeanell carrigan - piano. 'brass with class' william evans - trumpet, david farrend - trumpet, russell davis - french horn, ken mcclimont - trombone, eric klay - bass trombone. piano recital - richard mapp. chris ludwick's society synocopators - cabaret, chris ludowyk - trombone, peter gaudion- trumpet, richard miller - reeds, pip avent - tuba, cal duffy's - drums. 'cup eve comedy' rachel berger and richard stubbs. festival nightcap mr p p. botanicla gardens tour kevin walsh. alice's adventures in wonderland glenn elston. by arrangemnent with feipp and park projects and elston, hocking and woods pty ltd. family concert, piano for 4 hands jocelyn abbott richard mapp, actor justin shortal. cup day sports carnival. fashion parade, lucheon available ar georgians in george clark place. the melba trio, carolyn hayes - oboe, jane stacvy - cor anglais, seng tong - oboe. 'images' prudence davis - flute, jeffrey crellin - oboe, peter lynch - guitar. 'sounds in time' andree cozens - soprano, berenice kavanagh - words, dudley - simons - piano, john snowden - guitar, peter taylor - set design & lighting. 'music for celestial voices' laurence - jenkins - organ, mary anderson - harp, margot anderson - harp, margot cory - soprano. 'proms for preps' nehama patkin. organ recital keeith bottomley. kaweka walk, kaweka reserve committee. 'camille claudel'. the tudor choristers musical director - john o'donnell. 'something for everyone' nehama patkin - piano, guitar and voice, peter clinch - saxophone and clarinet, major australian orchastras.'the dock brief' & 'what shall we tell caroline' neville stonehouse, kay barker, david bickart, angela walter. 'bluebeard' the rag & bone theatre company. poedijono and the javanese gamelan, poedijono (teacher), musician, dancer and puppeteer. botanical gardens tour, kevin walsh, horticulturist and garden writer. 'music through the ages' 'pizzicato' - classical guitar ensemble, courthouse, bruce millar, meryl wilkinson, greg wilkinson, greg james, joan maher, danny silver. bach and vivaldi - elysium ensemble greg dikmans - art director, flute & recorder, julie hewison - violin, lucinda moon - violin, janet ferandez - viola, miriam morris - cello, rosemanry westbrook - double bass, john o'donnell - harpsichord. 'handle by candle' laurence jenkins. sarah grunstein at the piano, sarah grunstein. 'let the children sing' castlemaine children's choir, director michael bottomley, soloist peter bottomley. 'made in australia' phillip day, bruce waston, & 'twankydillo'. the dancers company of the australian ballet, les sylphides, dame peggy van praagh, sir john betjeman, robert ray. 'the wooden child' handspan theatre, douglass horton, ken evans, andre greenwell, peter j wilson, philip lethlean. botanic gardens tour kevin walsh. divine accidents and heavenly venues' william (bill) akers, a.m., director of productions, australian ballet. jazz at the jail. stroll round castlemaine, historical society. muckleford tour, naturalists club. 'sketches' the argus guitar quartet, jochen sxhubert, tania ravbar, samantha tout, chi ly.scores for instruments and voices, phylis bachelor. fred shade, flute; mara miller, violin; len vorster, piano; loris synan, soprano; students of the faculty of music, melbourne university. music for four hands at one keyboard, jocelyn abbot and richard mapp. paul grabowsky and the groovematics, paul graboesky, piano. andrew gander, drums. doug de vries, guitar. bob venier, trumpet, flugelhorn. ian chaplin, saxophone. garry costello, double bass. shelley scown, vocals. 'my most loved songs' david bickart - basso. chapliapin, mceachern, pinza, robeson, dawson. stroll around town, historical society. breakfast at buda. garden open. festival eucharist, choir and orchestra directed by kevin bottomley. music, madness, magic. itchy feet pep band, 'sound steppers', 'legs on the wall', andrew elliot, antebodies. a guided tour of angligan parish church. john farnham in concert. exhibitions: aspects of france: the australian artist's view. artsits include john russell, lloyd rees, david davies, john dent, eric wilson, e phillips fox, ethal carrick, rupert bunny, max meldrum, will ashton, george bell and others. annemieke mein: embroidery and applique. castlemaine artists incorportated 6th biennieal exibition. dominique segan castlemaine state festival drawing prize 1990. 'provocative pieces'.'feathered friends' barbara muir. through the looking glass. handmade - for pleasure, julie cook - dolls and puppets; traude beilharz - hats; gwen cook - embroidery; erika beilharz - woven pieces. 'high art' students of castlemaine. 'works in wood' laurie vella. old telegraph station, pioneers and old residents association, jubilee booklet on sale. studio exhibition, juliana hilton: prints, paintings decorated screens and furniture. val restarick: pottery and outdoor planters. 2nd biennial ernest leviny commemorative silver exhibition, leading contemporary silversmiths; hendrick foster, tony kean, mike wilson, flynn bros, andrew last, mark edgoose, peter gerter, beatrice schlabowsly, marian hoskings, karyn kirby, chris sherwin, peter mcbride, fran allison. ray stanyer - ceramic paintings. norman anderson - water colour studies. 'australian & baroque' david terry. 'mediterranean images' val restarick. framing shop, brian harding. exhibition of women artists, liz caffin, mary quinlton, debra watkins, lorraine le plastrier. maine images, jacki bickart, valarie blake, sue breeney, kate burtchell, janet chapman, diana davidson, betty hall, deidre hull, molly maddox, norma mckenzie, beth oag, rhyll plant, michell phillipson, diane thompson. ceramics, ian drumond. 'the esplanade of palms' (brickworks exhibition), john wilkins.han built pottery, george butcher. hollis gallery, richard hollis, kathy hollis. 'end of an era', castlemaine technical college student exhibition. 'building a country', commissioned by the latrobe library, the australian state library of victoria. the festival exhibition. 'colour - three way's, alice clague, geoffery clague, howard tozer. tonal oil painters and taperstry exhibition by a group of local artists, albert pollard, shirley anderson, valerie blake, ivy brown, marjorie byrne, janet chapman, frances cree, colleen hall, loretta harris, phyllis mcclure, lorraine mcdowell, norma mclean, margaret maher, winsome morrat, jean perry, martha phillips, alison ross, norma sneddon, val story, irene szabo, jean wells, and alan winzor. roma dodson.'barleytwist cottage', bill davies, linda long, fred kuhnl. photogralhy exhibition: faces and souls. children's books and illustrations, meet the authors and illustrators. burnett gallery and garden, drew lawson, photographer of eaglehawk. decorated cakes & sugar craft exhibition, barbara porter. sponsored by marong hotel. the central victorian unique design & restoration centre, historical photographs, sketches, etc. badger's keep nursery & mr badger's shop, margaret lees, bill jackson. carriage builders & restorers. 'harmonious inspirations x four' kristina browning, catherine tait, rod pitt, lindy mcaboy, castle mice by sonia. historic cottage, 'orvil dean stud', john and anne murdock, judy dean. the heritage of maldon, geoffery stocks. stanyer's pottery, dragon magic, annett annand, ellan hansa.

Yields information in movie film format of Ballarat trams in 1960, how the system operated and was used by people., Yields information in movie film format of Ballarat trams in 1960, how the system operated and was used by people.Movie film - 8mm, approx. 30mins, with leader strip on a plastic reel, within a black and white plastic box, titled "Ballarat No. 1. 1960". Has been transferred to DVD - see Reg item 4100 as Segment No. 2. Made by Ben Parle. Also transferred to DVD by Rod Cook Oct. 2015, via Roger Greenwood for use in his DVD, "The City of Ballarat Trams, Gardens & Gold" of 2016. See Reg Item 6883. Synopsis: based on time. 0:00 View of typed introduction, noting that this is a pictorial record of Ballarat. 0:10 Title “The Tramways of Ballarat 1960, Part 1” 0:16 13, showing “View Point” at Stones Corner, Bridge St, east end, with trolley pole being turned, while another single trucker heads out towards Mt Pleasant. 0:25 13 leaving Stones Corner, short approach and then longer trailing shot of the tram going towards the City in Bridge St. 0:44 View out of front of tram in Bridge St heading towards the City, with cars in the photo, then passing through city Loop, no trams in the loop and running up to Lydiard St Nth and crossing the road. 1:22 Running up Sturt St from Armstrong St, passes over Dawson St X-over and up to the next intersection, Lyons St. 1:54 Title “The View Point Line” 1:59 19 inbound, in Ripon St, from crossing Mair St, towards camera and then passing away and turning into Sturt St. 2:49 View of a “Warning Oncoming Trams” sign 2:52 19 in Ripon St, going to View Point, crossing Webster St towards camera, then going away through the disconnected Victoria Ave loop, pass the “Warning Oncoming Trams” sign. Note very windy scene with people running across roads. 3:17 19 in Wendouree Parade, in bound, though showing destination View Point, going away from the camera, past the View Point Hotel. 3:39 19 coming towards camera near Excerpt or Devon St and then going away towards the terminus. 4:04 19 at the terminus, stationary, with a single trucker 3?, passing from Macarthur St into Wendouree Parade, behind 19. 4:20 33 coming towards camera in Wendouree Parade from St Aidans Drive, stopping to pick up passenger at Forest St and then going away towards the City, photographed from near the depot, on a wet and windy day. 4:54 35 in Wendouree Parade, coming towards the Camera from St Aidans Drive and then going away with the Gardens Loop area in the background. Tram stops at stop to let a passenger off. 5:28 21 leaving Gardens Loop for the City via the Depot, green light in signal can be seen. 5:43 28?, closely followed by 26 turn from Drummond St South into Sturt St. 6:18 Scene opens with shot of “Sebastopol” destination on a bogie tram. 6:21 Title “The Sebastopol Line” 6:24 21 turning from Sturt St into Drummond St Sth with destination of Bell St and then going away from the camera. 6:55 38 in Drummond St Sth, coming towards the camera and then passing the camera with Sturt St just in the view. 7:10 21, showing Gregory St, in Drummond St Sth, approaching and then going away, entering the Urquhart St Loop, 7:39 34 in Drummond St Sth (location check required (Latrobe?)), approaches camera, picks up passengers and the goes away. 8:09 39 at ? Street, turns from Drummond St Sth into Skipton St, after picking up and setting down passengers, bound for Sebastopol 8:55 35 inbound in Skipton St passes through the Bell Street Loop, and then goes away from the camera. 9:33 42 outbound in Skipton St, approaches the camera, passes and then crosses over the half the road into Albert St. 10:00 39 inbound in Albert St – location? 10:31 34 outbound for Sebastopol, approaches camera and just starts to pass by. 10:36 34 in Grey St crossing loop, crosses 42 inbound. 10:59 39 outbound in Albert St, with shopping centre in bound, approaches camera, passes and then crosses over Albert St. Mid morning scene. 11:39 39 inbound, Albert St south, approaches camera and then passes and the crosses over Albert St. 12:16 41 outbound in Albert St passes the camera, and pulls into the terminus with the conductor getting out on the back bumper to pull the pole down as the tram stops and a passenger walks into the Royal Hotel. 12:39 Title “The Lydiard Street North Line” 12:44 Filmed from the Hotel balcony, 21 inbound in Lydiard St Nth passes over Mair St, stops while 33 passes in the other direction. 13:18 With the red light showing on the Seymour St loop signal, 33 inbound for Sebastopol stops and picks up many passengers, passes the camera and runs past the VRI building in the background and through the loop. Possibly filmed on a Sunday given the ladies dresses and quieter streets. 14:01 30 outbound, passes the camera and stops at Macarthur St. Filmed alongside the brick wall of the cutting. 14:28 30 inbound arrives, passes through the Gregory St loop and then proceeds past the camera, making a stop to pick up passengers. 15:14 28 in Lydiard St Nth – location?, approaches and goes away from the camera, north of Gregory St. 15:34 28 ditto location? 15:53 21 arrives at the terminus with passengers getting on and off. 16:11 View of the a vertical positioned “End of Section” sign on a pole at the terminus and then lifting the camera to see the timetable board and the stop sign. 16:33 31 in Bridge St passing Morseheads and then turning into Sturt St, stops at the Grenville St stop, while another single trucker comes down to the stop from the City. 16:58 31 outbound in Bridge St, with destination of Victoria St. 17:14 Title “The Victoria Street Line” 17:18 31 outbound to Victoria St from Stones Corner. Starts with an overhead shot, shows clock at the Caltex service station,. 17:37 31 inbound approaching Bakery Hill and then descending to the junction after it passes camera. 18:09 25 climbing outbound in Victoria St, passing the camera, to then pass through the King St loop. 18:47 25 inbound in Victoria St, passing the camera, then pass through the King St loop, with St Alypius Church in the background. 19:36 14 approaching the rail bridge in Victoria St and stopping at the 2nd last stop to left of passengers. 20:01 14 leaving the terminus and approaching the camera and the a short sequence going away, to the next stop to pick up quite a few passengers. 20:14 “Trams Stop Here” sign, metal wrap around on a steel pole. 20:16 Title “The Mount Pleasant Line” 20:21 11 inbound in Main St, with a passenger leaping off the tramcar and another getting off just before the junction. 20:45 11 passes the junction and then proceeds away from the camera in Bridge St. 21:04 30 outbound in Main St, then turns into Barkly St, a bus (Eclipse Motors) passes in Main St just before the sequence ends. 21:31 30 inbound near Steinfield St. (exact location?) 21:49 25 approaches the camera, then proceeds away and passes through the Grant St. loop. 22:29 25 inbound, windy day, between Grant and Cobden, (exact location?), with a horse drawn bread van in the view and the breadman walking behind the tram as it passes. 23:02 11 outbound in Barkly St, (exact location?) 23:37 11 inbound in Barkly St (exact location?) 23:44 Mt Pleasant terminus signage 23:50 30 approaches the terminus and then stops with the conductor alighting turning the pole, passengers getting on and off and the driver appearing at the other end. 24:32 Title “The Gardens Via Sturt St. West Line” 24:35 21 outbound in Sturt St near Raglan St, approaches and passes the Camera. 25:09 12, showing City Oval, approaches and passes the camera, outbound near Windermere St. 25:33 13 showing View Point, goes away from the camera – location? 25:44 12 comes from St. West, inbound passes the camera and then stop as the next stop next Talbot St? 26:21 Short sequence of a “Warning Oncoming Trams” sign 26:28 42 inbound in Sturt St West, just before Ripon St, view coming towards camera and then going away to cross Ripon St. 27:10 34 passes through the Parker St loop 27:25 35 or 39 inbound past the college in Sturt St West 28:04 41 outbound at the Russell St curve, passes away from the camera. 28:11 35? inbound passes away from the camera through the Victoria Park or Morrison St loop, swinging out into the roadway. 28:29 View of timetable sign at Hamilton Ave. 28:37 35 turning from Sturt St West into Hamilton Ave, can see the conductor changing over the barrier rails. 29:11 42 inbound, crosses another bogie tram (35?) at Carlton St loop then passes the camera and goes past the Olympic rings monument. 29:42 12 approaches the Carlton St gates. 30:07 12 outbound, crosses a bogie tram in the loop with both trams then leaving the loop. 30:20 Title “End of Part One” Written labels giving title information on outside of box.trams, tramways, ballarat, sebastopol, lydiard st north, victoria st, mt pleasant, sturt st west

The word “catheter” comes from Greek, meaning “to let or send down.” Catheters were used as early as 3,000 B.C. to relieve painful urinary retention. In those times, many materials were used to form a hollow catheter shape, including straw, rolled up palm leaves, hollow tops of onions, as well as, gold, silver, copper, brass, and lead. Malleable catheters were developed in the 11th century. In time, silver was used as the basis of catheters as it could be bent to any desired shape and was felt to have an antiseptic function. Benjamin Franklin, the inventor and colonial statesman, fashioned silver catheters for use by his older brother John. John suffered from kidney stones and needed to undergo a daily ritual of placing a bulky metal catheter into his bladder. To make these daily requirements on his brother less painful, Franklin worked with his local silversmith on his design for a flexible catheter. "It is as flexible as would be expected in a thing of the kind, and I imagine will readily comply with the turns of the passage," he wrote to John. Holes were bored into the sides of the catheter to allow for drainage. Coudé tip catheters were developed in the 18th and 19th centuries to facilitate male catheterization and continue to be used for this purpose in current medical practice. Catheters made from rubber were developed in the 18th century but were weak at body temperature, leaving debris in the bladder. The advent of rubber vulcanization, by Goodyear in 1844, improved the firmness and durability of the catheter, and allowed for mass production. Latex rubber became available in the 1930s. Dr. Frederic E.B. Foley (a St. Paul urologist) introduced the latex balloon catheter at a urologic meeting in 1935. Though he lost a legal battle with Davol for the patent, this catheter has since been known as the “Foley.” The earliest self-retaining catheters had wing tips (called Malecot) or flexible shoulders (called Pezzer), and were tied to the male penis or sutured to the female labia. Charriere’s French scale was used to describe the external diameter of a catheter. Thus the term “French (Fr)” size was coined. Joseph-Frederic-Benoit Charriere was a 19th century Parisian maker of surgical instruments. A 12 French catheter is approximately 4 mm in external diameter (0.33 mm = 1 French [Fr]). In French-speaking countries, these catheters may be referred to as the Charriere or abbreviated Ch. Catheterization of the bladder was felt to be fairly safe because of the antiseptic principles of Lister (1867). But many physicians continued to be concerned about catheter-related infections as patients were still developing “catheter fever” (systemic infection) despite antiseptic principles. After World War II, Sir Ludwig Guttman introduced the concept of sterile intermittent catheterization in patients with spinal cord injury. For many years, sterile technique was used for catheterization. In 1971, Dr. Jack Lapides of the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor introduced the clean intermittent catheterization (CIC) technique. Dr. Lapides’ theory was that bacteria weren’t the only cause of infection. He believed that chronic stagnant urine residuals and overstretching of the bladder were also responsible. But the fact that CIC was not performed in totally sterile conditions, Dr. Lapides still felt it was superior to indwelling catheters. Initially, Lapides was scorned in the urology world. Three decades after this debate, clean intermittent catheterization remains the preferred method to treat chronic urine retention and neurogenic bladder. Recent regulatory changes have recommended against the reuse of catheters for CIC in an attempt to further reduce the risk of catheter-associated urinary tract infections. https://www.urotoday.com/urinary-catheters-home/history-of-urinary-catheters.html This catheter was donated to Flagstaff Hill Maritime Village by the family of Doctor William Roy Angus, Surgeon and Oculist. It is part of the “W.R. Angus Collection” that includes historical medical equipment, surgical instruments and material once belonging to Dr Edward Ryan and Dr Thomas Francis Ryan, (both of Nhill, Victoria) as well as Dr Angus’ own belongings. The Collection’s history spans the medical practices of the two Doctors Ryan, from 1885-1926 plus that of Dr Angus, up until 1969. ABOUT THE “W.R.ANGUS COLLECTION” Doctor William Roy Angus M.B., B.S., Adel., 1923, F.R.C.S. Edin.,1928 (also known as Dr Roy Angus) was born in Murrumbeena, Victoria in 1901 and lived until 1970. He qualified as a doctor in 1923 at University of Adelaide, was Resident Medical Officer at the Royal Adelaide Hospital in 1924 and for a period was house surgeon to Sir (then Mr.) Henry Simpson Newland. Dr Angus was briefly an Assistant to Dr Riddell of Kapunda, then commenced private practice at Curramulka, Yorke Peninsula, SA, where he was physician, surgeon and chemist. In 1926, he was appointed as new Medical Assistant to Dr Thomas Francis Ryan (T.F. Ryan, or Tom), in Nhill, Victoria, where his experiences included radiology and pharmacy. In 1927 he was Acting House Surgeon in Dr Tom Ryan’s absence. Dr Angus had become engaged to Gladys Forsyth and they decided he further his studies overseas in the UK in 1927. He studied at London University College Hospital and at Edinburgh Royal Infirmary and in 1928, was awarded FRCS (Fellow from the Royal College of Surgeons), Edinburgh. He worked his passage back to Australia as a Ship’s Surgeon on the on the Australian Commonwealth Line’s T.S.S. Largs Bay. Dr Angus married Gladys in 1929, in Ballarat. (They went on to have one son (Graham 1932, born in SA) and two daughters (Helen (died 12/07/1996) and Berenice (Berry), both born at Mira, Nhill According to Berry, her mother Gladys made a lot of their clothes. She was very talented and did some lovely embroidery including lingerie for her trousseau and beautifully handmade baby clothes. Dr Angus was a ‘flying doctor’ for the A.I.M. (Australian Inland Ministry) Aerial Medical Service in 1928. Its first station was in the remote town of Oodnadatta, where Dr Angus was stationed. He was locum tenens there on North-South Railway at 21 Mile Camp. He took up this ‘flying doctor’ position in response to a call from Dr John Flynn; the organisation was later known as the Flying Doctor Service, then the Royal Flying Doctor Service. A lot of his work during this time involved dental surgery also. Between 1928-1932 he was surgeon at the Curramulka Hospital, Yorke Peninsula, South Australia. In 1933 Dr Angus returned to Nhill and purchased a share of the Nelson Street practice and Mira hospital (a 2 bed ward at the Nelson Street Practice) from Dr Les Middleton one of the Middleton Brothers, the current owners of what previously once Dr Tom Ryan’s practice. Dr Tom and his brother had worked as surgeons included eye surgery. Dr Tom Ryan performed many of his operations in the Mira private hospital on his premises. He had been House Surgeon at the Nhill Hospital 1902-1926. Dr Tom Ryan had one of the only two pieces of radiology equipment in Victoria during his practicing years – The Royal Melbourne Hospital had the other one. Over the years Dr Tom Ryan had gradually set up what was effectively a training school for country general-practitioner-surgeons. Each patient was carefully examined, including using the X-ray machine, and any surgery was discussed and planned with Dr Ryan’s assistants several days in advance. Dr Angus gained experience in using the X-ray machine there during his time as assistant to Dr Ryan. When Dr Angus bought into the Nelson Street premises in Nhill he was also appointed as the Nhill Hospital’s Honorary House Surgeon 1933-1938. His practitioner’s plate from his Nhill surgery is now mounted on the doorway to the Port Medical Office at Flagstaff Hill Maritime Village, Warrnambool. When Dr Angus took up practice in the Dr Edward and Dr Tom Ryan’s old premises he obtained their extensive collection of historical medical equipment and materials spanning 1884-1926. A large part of this collection is now on display at the Port Medical Office at Flagstaff Hill Maritime Village in Warrnambool. In 1939 Dr Angus and his family moved to Warrnambool where he purchased “Birchwood,” the 1852 home and medical practice of Dr John Hunter Henderson, at 214 Koroit Street. (This property was sold in1965 to the State Government and is now the site of the Warrnambool Police Station and an ALDI sore is on the land that was once their tennis court). The Angus family was able to afford gardeners, cooks and maids; their home was a popular place for visiting dignitaries to stay whilst visiting Warrnambool. Dr Angus had his own silk worm farm at home in a Mulberry tree. His young daughter used his centrifuge for spinning the silk. Dr Angus was appointed on a part-time basis as Port Medical Officer (Health Officer) in Warrnambool and held this position until the 1940’s when the government no longer required the service of a Port Medical Officer in Warrnambool; he was thus Warrnambool’s last serving Port Medical Officer. (Masters of immigrant ships arriving in port reported incidents of diseases, illness and death and the Port Medical Officer made a decision on whether the ship required Quarantine and for how long, in this way preventing contagious illness from spreading from new immigrants to the residents already in the colony.) Dr Angus was a member of the Australian Medical Association, for 35 years and surgeon at the Warrnambool Base Hospital 1939-1942, He served with the Australian Department of Defence as a Surgeon Captain during WWII 1942-45, in Ballarat, Victoria, and in Bonegilla, N.S.W., completing his service just before the end of the war due to suffering from a heart attack. During his convalescence he carved an intricate and ‘most artistic’ chess set from the material that dentures were made from. He then studied ophthalmology at the Royal Melbourne Eye and Ear Hospital and created cosmetically superior artificial eyes by pioneering using the intrascleral cartilage. Angus received accolades from the Ophthalmological Society of Australasia for this work. He returned to Warrnambool to commence practice as an ophthalmologist, pioneering in artificial eye improvements. He was Honorary Consultant Ophthalmologist to Warrnambool Base Hospital for 31 years. He made monthly visits to Portland as a visiting surgeon, to perform eye surgery. He represented the Victorian South-West subdivision of the Australian Medical Association as its secretary between 1949 and 1956 and as chairman from 1956 to 1958. In 1968 Dr Angus was elected member of Spain’s Barraquer Institute of Barcelona after his research work in Intrasclearal cartilage grafting, becoming one of the few Australian ophthalmologists to receive this honour, and in the following year presented his final paper on Living Intrasclearal Cartilage Implants at the Inaugural Meeting of the Australian College of Ophthalmologists in Melbourne In his personal life Dr Angus was a Presbyterian and treated Sunday as a Sabbath, a day of rest. He would visit 3 or 4 country patients on a Sunday, taking his children along ‘for the ride’ and to visit with him. Sunday evenings he would play the pianola and sing Scottish songs to his family. One of Dr Angus’ patients was Margaret MacKenzie, author of a book on local shipwrecks that she’d seen as an eye witness from the late 1880’s in Peterborough, Victoria. In the early 1950’s Dr Angus, painted a picture of a shipwreck for the cover jacket of Margaret’s book, Shipwrecks and More Shipwrecks. She was blind in later life and her daughter wrote the actual book for her. Dr Angus and his wife Gladys were very involved in Warrnambool’s society with a strong interest in civic affairs. He had an interest in people and the community. They were both involved in the creation of Flagstaff Hill, including the layout of the gardens. After his death (28th March 1970) his family requested his practitioner’s plate, medical instruments and some personal belongings be displayed in the Port Medical Office surgery at Flagstaff Hill Maritime Village, and be called the “W. R. Angus Collection”. The W.R. Angus Collection is significant for still being located at the site it is connected with, Doctor Angus being the last Port Medical Officer in Warrnambool. The collection of medical instruments and other equipment is culturally significant, being an historical example of medicine, administration, household equipment and clothing from late 19th to mid-20th century. Dr Angus assisted Dr Tom Ryan, a pioneer in the use of X-rays and in ocular surgery. Stainless steel catheter with hollow tip from W.R. Angus Collection. Top and end of this instrument screw together. flagstaff hill, warrnambool, shipwrecked coast, flagstaff hill maritime museum, maritime museum, shipwreck coast, flagstaff hill maritime village, great ocean road, dr w r angus, dr ryan, surgical instrument, t.s.s. largs bay, warrnambool base hospital, nhill base hospital, mira hospital, flying doctor, department of defence australia, australian army, army uniform, medical treatment, medical history, medical education, catheter

Whether it’s an anaesthetic, blood test, insulin, vitamin shot or vaccination, at a base human level something feels instinctively wrong about having a long thin piece of metal stuck deep into your flesh. And yet, in allowing physicians to administer medicine directly into the bloodstream, the hypodermic needle has been one of the most important inventions of medical science. In the beginning… Typically, it was the Romans. The word ‘syringe’ is derived from Greek mythology. Chased to the edge of a river by the god Pan, a rather chaste nymph by the name of Syrinx magically disguised herself as water reeds. Determined, Pan chopped the hollow reeds off and blew into them to create a musical whistling sound, thereby fashioning the first of his fabled pipes. Taking that concept of ‘hollow tubes’, and having observed how snakes could transmit venom, the practice of administering ointments and unctions via simple piston syringes is originally described in the writings of the first-century Roman scholar Aulus Cornelius Celsus and the equally famous Greek surgeon Galen. It’s unclear if the Egyptian surgeon Ammar bin Ali al-Mawsili was a fan of either of their scribblings, but 800 years later he employed a hollow glass tube and simple suction power to remove cataracts from his patients’ eyes – a technique copied up until the 13th century, but only to extract blood, fluid or poison, not to inject anything. Syringes get modern Then, in 1650, while experimenting with hydrodynamics, the legendary French polymath Blaise Pascal invented the first modern syringe. His device exemplified the law of physics that became known as Pascal’s Law, which proposes “when there is an increase in pressure at any point in a confined fluid, there is an equal increase at every other point in the container.” But it wasn’t until six years later that a fellow Renaissance man, the English architect Sir Christopher Wren took Pascal’s concept and made the first intravenous experiment. Combining hollow goose quills, pig bladders, a kennel of stray dogs and enough opium to fell a herd of elephants, Wren started injecting the hapless mutts with the ‘milk of the poppy’. By the mid-1660s, thinking this seemed like a great idea, two German doctors, Johann Daniel Major and Johann Sigismund Elsholtz, decided to try their hand at squirting various stuff into human subjects. Things didn’t end well, and people died. Consequently, injections fell out of medical favour for 200 years. Let's try again… Enter the Irish doctor Francis Rynd in 1844. Constructing the first-ever hollow steel needle, he used it to inject medicine subcutaneously and then bragged about it in an issue of the Dublin Medical Press. Then, in 1853, depending on who you believe, it was either a Frenchman or a Scot who invented the first real hypodermic needle. The French physician Charles Pravaz adapted Rynd’s needle to administer a coagulant in order to stem bleeding in a sheep by using a system of measuring screws. However, it was the Scottish surgeon Alexander Wood who first combined a hollow steel needle with a proper syringe to inject morphine into a human. Thus, Wood is usually credited with the invention. Sharp advancements Over the following century, the technology was refined and intravenous injections became commonplace – whether in the administering of pain relief, penicillin, insulin, immunisation and blood transfusions, needles became a staple of medicine. By 1946, the Chance Brothers’ Birmingham glassworks factory began mass-producing the first all-glass syringe with interchangeable parts. Then, a decade later, after sterilisation issues in re-used glass syringes had plagued the industry for years, a Kiwi inventor called Colin Murdoch applied for a patent of a disposable plastic syringe. Several patents followed, and the disposable syringe is now widespread. https://www.medibank.com.au/livebetter/be-magazine/wellbeing/the-history-of-the-hypodermic-needle/ This syringe set was donated to Flagstaff Hill Maritime Village by the family of Doctor William Roy Angus, Surgeon and Oculist. It is part of the “W.R. Angus Collection” that includes historical medical equipment, surgical instruments and material once belonging to Dr Edward Ryan and Dr Thomas Francis Ryan, (both of Nhill, Victoria) as well as Dr Angus’ own belongings. The Collection’s history spans the medical practices of the two Doctors Ryan, from 1885-1926 plus that of Dr Angus, up until 1969. ABOUT THE “W.R.ANGUS COLLECTION” Doctor William Roy Angus M.B., B.S., Adel., 1923, F.R.C.S. Edin.,1928 (also known as Dr Roy Angus) was born in Murrumbeena, Victoria in 1901 and lived until 1970. He qualified as a doctor in 1923 at University of Adelaide, was Resident Medical Officer at the Royal Adelaide Hospital in 1924 and for a period was house surgeon to Sir (then Mr.) Henry Simpson Newland. Dr Angus was briefly an Assistant to Dr Riddell of Kapunda, then commenced private practice at Curramulka, Yorke Peninsula, SA, where he was physician, surgeon and chemist. In 1926, he was appointed as new Medical Assistant to Dr Thomas Francis Ryan (T.F. Ryan, or Tom), in Nhill, Victoria, where his experiences included radiology and pharmacy. In 1927 he was Acting House Surgeon in Dr Tom Ryan’s absence. Dr Angus had become engaged to Gladys Forsyth and they decided he would take time to further his studies overseas in the UK in 1927. He studied at London University College Hospital and at Edinburgh Royal Infirmary and in 1928, was awarded FRCS (Fellow from the Royal College of Surgeons), Edinburgh. He worked his passage back to Australia as a Ship’s Surgeon on the on the Australian Commonwealth Line’s T.S.S. Largs Bay. Dr Angus married Gladys in 1929, in Ballarat. (They went on to have one son (Graham 1932, born in SA) and two daughters (Helen (died 12/07/1996) and Berenice (Berry), both born at Mira, Nhill ) Dr Angus was a ‘flying doctor’ for the A.I.M. (Australian Inland Ministry) Aerial Medical Service in 1928 . The organisation began in South Australia through the Presbyterian Church in that year, with its first station being in the remote town of Oodnadatta, where Dr Angus was stationed. He was locum tenens there on North-South Railway at 21 Mile Camp. He took up this ‘flying doctor’ position in response to a call from Dr John Flynn; the organisation was later known as the Flying Doctor Service, then the Royal Flying Doctor Service. A lot of his work during this time involved dental surgery also. Between 1928-1932 he was surgeon at the Curramulka Hospital, Yorke Peninsula, South Australia. In 1933 Dr Angus returned to Nhill where he’d previously worked as Medical Assistant and purchased a share of the Nelson Street practice and Mira hospital from Dr Les Middleton one of the Middleton Brothers, the current owners of what was once Dr Tom Ryan’s practice. Dr L Middleton was House Surgeon to the Nhill Hospital 1926-1933, when he resigned. [Dr Tom Ryan’s practice had originally belonged to his older brother Dr Edward Ryan, who came to Nhill in 1885. Dr Edward saw patients at his rooms, firstly in Victoria Street and in 1886 in Nelson Street, until 1901. The Nelson Street practice also had a 2 bed ward, called Mira Private Hospital ). Dr Edward Ryan was House Surgeon at the Nhill Hospital 1884-1902 . He also had occasions where he successfully performed veterinary surgery for the local farmers too. Dr Tom Ryan then purchased the practice from his brother in 1901. Both Dr Edward and Dr Tom Ryan work as surgeons included eye surgery. Dr Tom Ryan performed many of his operations in the Mira private hospital on his premises. He too was House Surgeon at the Nhill Hospital 1902-1926. Dr Tom Ryan had one of the only two pieces of radiology equipment in Victoria during his practicing years – The Royal Melbourne Hospital had the other one. Over the years Dr Tom Ryan gradually set up what was effectively a training school for country general-practitioner-surgeons. Each patient was carefully examined, including using the X-ray machine, and any surgery was discussed and planned with Dr Ryan’s assistants several days in advance. Dr Angus gained experience in using the X-ray machine there during his time as assistant to Dr Ryan. Dr Tom Ryan moved from Nhill in 1926. He became a Fellow of the Royal Australasian College of Surgeons in 1927, soon after its formation, a rare accolade for a doctor outside any of the major cities. He remained a bachelor and died suddenly on 7th Dec 1955, aged 91, at his home in Ararat. Scholarships and prizes are still awarded to medical students in the honour of Dr T.F. Ryan and his father, Dr Michael Ryan, and brother, John Patrick Ryan. ] When Dr Angus bought into the Nelson Street premises in Nhill he was also appointed as the Nhill Hospital’s Honorary House Surgeon 1933-1938. His practitioner’s plate from his Nhill surgery states “HOURS Daily, except Tuesdays, Fridays and Saturday afternoons, 9-10am, 2-4pm, 7-8pm. Sundays by appointment”. This plate is now mounted on the doorway to the Port Medical Office at Flagstaff Hill Maritime Village, Warrnambool. Dr Edward Ryan and Dr Tom Ryan had an extensive collection of historical medical equipment and materials spanning 1884-1926 and when Dr Angus took up practice in their old premises he obtained this collection, a large part of which is now on display at the Port Medical Office at Flagstaff Hill Maritime Village in Warrnambool. During his time in Nhill Dr Angus was involved in the merging of the Mira Hospital and Nhill Public Hospital into one public hospital and the property titles passed on to Nhill Hospital in 1939. In 1939 Dr Angus and his family moved to Warrnambool where he purchased “Birchwood,” the 1852 home and medical practice of Dr John Hunter Henderson, at 214 Koroit Street. (This property was sold in1965 to the State Government and is now the site of the Warrnambool Police Station. ). The Angus family was able to afford gardeners, cooks and maids; their home was a popular place for visiting dignitaries to stay whilst visiting Warrnambool. Dr Angus had his own silk worm farm at home in a Mulberry tree. His young daughter used his centrifuge for spinning the silk. Dr Angus was appointed on a part-time basis as Port Medical Officer (Health Officer) in Warrnambool and held this position until the 1940’s when the government no longer required the service of a Port Medical Officer in Warrnambool; he was thus Warrnambool’s last serving Port Medical Officer. (The duties of a Port Medical Officer were outlined by the Colonial Secretary on 21st June, 1839 under the terms of the Quarantine Act. Masters of immigrant ships arriving in port reported incidents of diseases, illness and death and the Port Medical Officer made a decision on whether the ship required Quarantine and for how long, in this way preventing contagious illness from spreading from new immigrants to the residents already in the colony.) Dr Angus was a member of the Australian Medical Association, for 35 years and surgeon at the Warrnambool Base Hospital 1939-1942, He served as a Surgeon Captain during WWII1942-45, in Ballarat, Victoria, and in Bonegilla, N.S.W., completing his service just before the end of the war due to suffering from a heart attack. During his convalescence he carved an intricate and ‘most artistic’ chess set from the material that dentures were made from. He then studied ophthalmology at the Royal Melbourne Eye and Ear Hospital and created cosmetically superior artificial eyes by pioneering using the intrascleral cartilage. Angus received accolades from the Ophthalmological Society of Australasia for this work. He returned to Warrnambool to commence practice as an ophthalmologist, pioneering in artificial eye improvements. He was Honorary Consultant Ophthalmologist to Warrnambool Base Hospital for 31 years. He made monthly visits to Portland as a visiting surgeon, to perform eye surgery. He represented the Victorian South-West subdivision of the Australian Medical Association as its secretary between 1949 and 1956 and as chairman from 1956 to 1958. In 1968 Dr Angus was elected member of Spain’s Barraquer Institute of Barcelona after his research work in Intrasclearal cartilage grafting, becoming one of the few Australian ophthalmologists to receive this honour, and in the following year presented his final paper on Living Intrasclearal Cartilage Implants at the Inaugural Meeting of the Australian College of Ophthalmologists in Melbourne In his personal life Dr Angus was a Presbyterian and treated Sunday as a Sabbath, a day of rest. He would visit 3 or 4 country patients on a Sunday, taking his children along ‘for the ride’ and to visit with him. Sunday evenings he would play the pianola and sing Scottish songs to his family. One of Dr Angus’ patients was Margaret MacKenzie, author of a book on local shipwrecks that she’d seen as an eye witness from the late 1880’s in Peterborough, Victoria. In the early 1950’s Dr Angus, painted a picture of a shipwreck for the cover jacket of Margaret’s book, Shipwrecks and More Shipwrecks. She was blind in later life and her daughter wrote the actual book for her. Dr Angus and his wife Gladys were very involved in Warrnambool’s society with a strong interest in civic affairs. Their interests included organisations such as Red Cross, Rostrum, Warrnambool and District Historical Society (founding members), Wine and Food Society, Steering Committee for Tertiary Education in Warrnambool, Local National Trust, Good Neighbour Council, Housing Commission Advisory Board, United Services Institute, Legion of Ex-Servicemen, Olympic Pool Committee, Food for Britain Organisation, Warrnambool Hospital, Anti-Cancer Council, Boys’ Club, Charitable Council, National Fitness Council and Air Raid Precautions Group. He was also a member of the Steam Preservation Society and derived much pleasure from a steam traction engine on his farm. He had an interest in people and the community He and his wife Gladys were both involved in the creation of Flagstaff Hill, including the layout of the gardens. After his death (28th March 1970) his family requested his practitioner’s plate, medical instruments and some personal belongings be displayed in the Port Medical Office surgery at Flagstaff Hill Maritime Village, and be called the “W. R. Angus Collection”. The W.R. Angus Collection is significant for still being located at the site it is connected with, Doctor Angus being the last Port Medical Officer in Warrnambool. The collection of medical instruments and other equipment is culturally significant, being an historical example of medicine from late 19th to mid-20th century. Dr Angus assisted Dr Tom Ryan, a pioneer in the use of X-rays and in ocular surgery. Syringe set (5 pieces) in container, from W.R. Angus Collection. Rectangular glass container with separate stainless steel lid, syringe cylinder, end piece and angle-ended tweezers. Container is lined with gauze and fabric. Scale on syringe is in "cc". Printed on Syringe "B-D LUER-LOK MULTIFIT, MADE IN U.S.A." Stamped into tweezers "STAINLESS STEEL" and "WEISS LONDON"flagstaff hill, warrnambool, shipwrecked coast, flagstaff hill maritime museum, maritime museum, shipwreck coast, flagstaff hill maritime village, great ocean road, dr w r angus, dr ryan, surgical instrument, t.s.s. largs bay, warrnambool base hospital, nhill base hospital, mira hospital, flying doctor, medical treatment, syringe, b d syringe, luer-lok multifit, weiss london, surgical tweezers, hypodermic syringe, injections

Whether it’s an anaesthetic, blood test, insulin, vitamin shot or vaccination, at a base human level something feels instinctively wrong about having a long thin piece of metal stuck deep into your flesh. And yet, in allowing physicians to administer medicine directly into the bloodstream, the hypodermic needle has been one of the most important inventions of medical science. In the beginning… Typically, it was the Romans. The word ‘syringe’ is derived from Greek mythology. Chased to the edge of a river by the god Pan, a rather chaste nymph by the name of Syrinx magically disguised herself as water reeds. Determined, Pan chopped the hollow reeds off and blew into them to create a musical whistling sound, thereby fashioning the first of his fabled pipes. Taking that concept of ‘hollow tubes’, and having observed how snakes could transmit venom, the practice of administering ointments and unctions via simple piston syringes is originally described in the writings of the first-century Roman scholar Aulus Cornelius Celsus and the equally famous Greek surgeon Galen. It’s unclear if the Egyptian surgeon Ammar bin Ali al-Mawsili was a fan of either of their scribblings, but 800 years later he employed a hollow glass tube and simple suction power to remove cataracts from his patients’ eyes – a technique copied up until the 13th century, but only to extract blood, fluid or poison, not to inject anything. Syringes get modern Then, in 1650, while experimenting with hydrodynamics, the legendary French polymath Blaise Pascal invented the first modern syringe. His device exemplified the law of physics that became known as Pascal’s Law, which proposes “when there is an increase in pressure at any point in a confined fluid, there is an equal increase at every other point in the container.” But it wasn’t until six years later that a fellow Renaissance man, the English architect Sir Christopher Wren took Pascal’s concept and made the first intravenous experiment. Combining hollow goose quills, pig bladders, a kennel of stray dogs and enough opium to fell a herd of elephants, Wren started injecting the hapless mutts with the ‘milk of the poppy’. By the mid-1660s, thinking this seemed like a great idea, two German doctors, Johann Daniel Major and Johann Sigismund Elsholtz, decided to try their hand at squirting various stuff into human subjects. Things didn’t end well, and people died. Consequently, injections fell out of medical favour for 200 years. Let's try again… Enter the Irish doctor Francis Rynd in 1844. Constructing the first-ever hollow steel needle, he used it to inject medicine subcutaneously and then bragged about it in an issue of the Dublin Medical Press. Then, in 1853, depending on who you believe, it was either a Frenchman or a Scot who invented the first real hypodermic needle. The French physician Charles Pravaz adapted Rynd’s needle to administer a coagulant in order to stem bleeding in a sheep by using a system of measuring screws. However, it was the Scottish surgeon Alexander Wood who first combined a hollow steel needle with a proper syringe to inject morphine into a human. Thus, Wood is usually credited with the invention. Sharp advancements Over the following century, the technology was refined and intravenous injections became commonplace – whether in the administering of pain relief, penicillin, insulin, immunisation and blood transfusions, needles became a staple of medicine. By 1946, the Chance Brothers’ Birmingham glassworks factory began mass-producing the first all-glass syringe with interchangeable parts. Then, a decade later, after sterilisation issues in re-used glass syringes had plagued the industry for years, a Kiwi inventor called Colin Murdoch applied for a patent of a disposable plastic syringe. Several patents followed, and the disposable syringe is now widespread. https://www.medibank.com.au/livebetter/be-magazine/wellbeing/the-history-of-the-hypodermic-needle/ This syringe set was donated to Flagstaff Hill Maritime Village by the family of Doctor William Roy Angus, Surgeon and Oculist. It is part of the “W.R. Angus Collection” that includes historical medical equipment, surgical instruments and material once belonging to Dr Edward Ryan and Dr Thomas Francis Ryan, (both of Nhill, Victoria) as well as Dr Angus’ own belongings. The Collection’s history spans the medical practices of the two Doctors Ryan, from 1885-1926 plus that of Dr Angus, up until 1969. ABOUT THE “W.R.ANGUS COLLECTION” Doctor William Roy Angus M.B., B.S., Adel., 1923, F.R.C.S. Edin.,1928 (also known as Dr Roy Angus) was born in Murrumbeena, Victoria in 1901 and lived until 1970. He qualified as a doctor in 1923 at University of Adelaide, was Resident Medical Officer at the Royal Adelaide Hospital in 1924 and for a period was house surgeon to Sir (then Mr.) Henry Simpson Newland. Dr Angus was briefly an Assistant to Dr Riddell of Kapunda, then commenced private practice at Curramulka, Yorke Peninsula, SA, where he was physician, surgeon and chemist. In 1926, he was appointed as new Medical Assistant to Dr Thomas Francis Ryan (T.F. Ryan, or Tom), in Nhill, Victoria, where his experiences included radiology and pharmacy. In 1927 he was Acting House Surgeon in Dr Tom Ryan’s absence. Dr Angus had become engaged to Gladys Forsyth and they decided he would take time to further his studies overseas in the UK in 1927. He studied at London University College Hospital and at Edinburgh Royal Infirmary and in 1928, was awarded FRCS (Fellow from the Royal College of Surgeons), Edinburgh. He worked his passage back to Australia as a Ship’s Surgeon on the on the Australian Commonwealth Line’s T.S.S. Largs Bay. Dr Angus married Gladys in 1929, in Ballarat. (They went on to have one son (Graham 1932, born in SA) and two daughters (Helen (died 12/07/1996) and Berenice (Berry), both born at Mira, Nhill ) Dr Angus was a ‘flying doctor’ for the A.I.M. (Australian Inland Ministry) Aerial Medical Service in 1928 . The organisation began in South Australia through the Presbyterian Church in that year, with its first station being in the remote town of Oodnadatta, where Dr Angus was stationed. He was locum tenens there on North-South Railway at 21 Mile Camp. He took up this ‘flying doctor’ position in response to a call from Dr John Flynn; the organisation was later known as the Flying Doctor Service, then the Royal Flying Doctor Service. A lot of his work during this time involved dental surgery also. Between 1928-1932 he was surgeon at the Curramulka Hospital, Yorke Peninsula, South Australia. In 1933 Dr Angus returned to Nhill where he’d previously worked as Medical Assistant and purchased a share of the Nelson Street practice and Mira hospital from Dr Les Middleton one of the Middleton Brothers, the current owners of what was once Dr Tom Ryan’s practice. Dr L Middleton was House Surgeon to the Nhill Hospital 1926-1933, when he resigned. [Dr Tom Ryan’s practice had originally belonged to his older brother Dr Edward Ryan, who came to Nhill in 1885. Dr Edward saw patients at his rooms, firstly in Victoria Street and in 1886 in Nelson Street, until 1901. The Nelson Street practice also had a 2 bed ward, called Mira Private Hospital ). Dr Edward Ryan was House Surgeon at the Nhill Hospital 1884-1902 . He also had occasions where he successfully performed veterinary surgery for the local farmers too. Dr Tom Ryan then purchased the practice from his brother in 1901. Both Dr Edward and Dr Tom Ryan work as surgeons included eye surgery. Dr Tom Ryan performed many of his operations in the Mira private hospital on his premises. He too was House Surgeon at the Nhill Hospital 1902-1926. Dr Tom Ryan had one of the only two pieces of radiology equipment in Victoria during his practicing years – The Royal Melbourne Hospital had the other one. Over the years Dr Tom Ryan gradually set up what was effectively a training school for country general-practitioner-surgeons. Each patient was carefully examined, including using the X-ray machine, and any surgery was discussed and planned with Dr Ryan’s assistants several days in advance. Dr Angus gained experience in using the X-ray machine there during his time as assistant to Dr Ryan. Dr Tom Ryan moved from Nhill in 1926. He became a Fellow of the Royal Australasian College of Surgeons in 1927, soon after its formation, a rare accolade for a doctor outside any of the major cities. He remained a bachelor and died suddenly on 7th Dec 1955, aged 91, at his home in Ararat. Scholarships and prizes are still awarded to medical students in the honour of Dr T.F. Ryan and his father, Dr Michael Ryan, and brother, John Patrick Ryan. ] When Dr Angus bought into the Nelson Street premises in Nhill he was also appointed as the Nhill Hospital’s Honorary House Surgeon 1933-1938. His practitioner’s plate from his Nhill surgery states “HOURS Daily, except Tuesdays, Fridays and Saturday afternoons, 9-10am, 2-4pm, 7-8pm. Sundays by appointment”. This plate is now mounted on the doorway to the Port Medical Office at Flagstaff Hill Maritime Village, Warrnambool. Dr Edward Ryan and Dr Tom Ryan had an extensive collection of historical medical equipment and materials spanning 1884-1926 and when Dr Angus took up practice in their old premises he obtained this collection, a large part of which is now on display at the Port Medical Office at Flagstaff Hill Maritime Village in Warrnambool. During his time in Nhill Dr Angus was involved in the merging of the Mira Hospital and Nhill Public Hospital into one public hospital and the property titles passed on to Nhill Hospital in 1939. In 1939 Dr Angus and his family moved to Warrnambool where he purchased “Birchwood,” the 1852 home and medical practice of Dr John Hunter Henderson, at 214 Koroit Street. (This property was sold in1965 to the State Government and is now the site of the Warrnambool Police Station. ). The Angus family was able to afford gardeners, cooks and maids; their home was a popular place for visiting dignitaries to stay whilst visiting Warrnambool. Dr Angus had his own silk worm farm at home in a Mulberry tree. His young daughter used his centrifuge for spinning the silk. Dr Angus was appointed on a part-time basis as Port Medical Officer (Health Officer) in Warrnambool and held this position until the 1940’s when the government no longer required the service of a Port Medical Officer in Warrnambool; he was thus Warrnambool’s last serving Port Medical Officer. (The duties of a Port Medical Officer were outlined by the Colonial Secretary on 21st June, 1839 under the terms of the Quarantine Act. Masters of immigrant ships arriving in port reported incidents of diseases, illness and death and the Port Medical Officer made a decision on whether the ship required Quarantine and for how long, in this way preventing contagious illness from spreading from new immigrants to the residents already in the colony.) Dr Angus was a member of the Australian Medical Association, for 35 years and surgeon at the Warrnambool Base Hospital 1939-1942, He served as a Surgeon Captain during WWII1942-45, in Ballarat, Victoria, and in Bonegilla, N.S.W., completing his service just before the end of the war due to suffering from a heart attack. During his convalescence he carved an intricate and ‘most artistic’ chess set from the material that dentures were made from. He then studied ophthalmology at the Royal Melbourne Eye and Ear Hospital and created cosmetically superior artificial eyes by pioneering using the intrascleral cartilage. Angus received accolades from the Ophthalmological Society of Australasia for this work. He returned to Warrnambool to commence practice as an ophthalmologist, pioneering in artificial eye improvements. He was Honorary Consultant Ophthalmologist to Warrnambool Base Hospital for 31 years. He made monthly visits to Portland as a visiting surgeon, to perform eye surgery. He represented the Victorian South-West subdivision of the Australian Medical Association as its secretary between 1949 and 1956 and as chairman from 1956 to 1958. In 1968 Dr Angus was elected member of Spain’s Barraquer Institute of Barcelona after his research work in Intrasclearal cartilage grafting, becoming one of the few Australian ophthalmologists to receive this honour, and in the following year presented his final paper on Living Intrasclearal Cartilage Implants at the Inaugural Meeting of the Australian College of Ophthalmologists in Melbourne In his personal life Dr Angus was a Presbyterian and treated Sunday as a Sabbath, a day of rest. He would visit 3 or 4 country patients on a Sunday, taking his children along ‘for the ride’ and to visit with him. Sunday evenings he would play the pianola and sing Scottish songs to his family. One of Dr Angus’ patients was Margaret MacKenzie, author of a book on local shipwrecks that she’d seen as an eye witness from the late 1880’s in Peterborough, Victoria. In the early 1950’s Dr Angus, painted a picture of a shipwreck for the cover jacket of Margaret’s book, Shipwrecks and More Shipwrecks. She was blind in later life and her daughter wrote the actual book for her. Dr Angus and his wife Gladys were very involved in Warrnambool’s society with a strong interest in civic affairs. Their interests included organisations such as Red Cross, Rostrum, Warrnambool and District Historical Society (founding members), Wine and Food Society, Steering Committee for Tertiary Education in Warrnambool, Local National Trust, Good Neighbour Council, Housing Commission Advisory Board, United Services Institute, Legion of Ex-Servicemen, Olympic Pool Committee, Food for Britain Organisation, Warrnambool Hospital, Anti-Cancer Council, Boys’ Club, Charitable Council, National Fitness Council and Air Raid Precautions Group. He was also a member of the Steam Preservation Society and derived much pleasure from a steam traction engine on his farm. He had an interest in people and the community He and his wife Gladys were both involved in the creation of Flagstaff Hill, including the layout of the gardens. After his death (28th March 1970) his family requested his practitioner’s plate, medical instruments and some personal belongings be displayed in the Port Medical Office surgery at Flagstaff Hill Maritime Village, and be called the “W. R. Angus Collection”. The W.R. Angus Collection is significant for still being located at the site it is connected with, Doctor Angus being the last Port Medical Officer in Warrnambool. The collection of medical instruments and other equipment is culturally significant, being an historical example of medicine from late 19th to mid-20th century. Dr Angus assisted Dr Tom Ryan, a pioneer in the use of X-rays and in ocular surgery. Syringe set (8 pieces),part of the W.R. Angus Collection. Pocket syringe kit in oval stainless steel container with separate lid. Container holds syringe cylinder, plunger, 2 needles, blade and cap. Printed on syringe cylinder "FIVEPOINT BRITISH" and symbol of a red star. One needle stamped "22"flagstaff hill, warrnambool, shipwrecked coast, flagstaff hill maritime museum, maritime museum, shipwreck coast, flagstaff hill maritime village, great ocean road, dr w r angus, dr ryan, surgical instrument, t.s.s. largs bay, warrnambool base hospital, nhill base hospital, mira hospital, flying doctor, medical treatment, medical history, medical education, medical text book, fivepoint syringe, general surgical co., injections

Pens, nib pens and later fountain pens, with suitable inks, were commonly used for writing communications from the 18th century to the mod 20th century. Fountain pens continue to be used and enjoyed. Dip pens with a wide variety of nibs are used for calligraphy writing, a hobby enjoyed by many people. The quality of the pen handle, the nib and the ink all work together to produce fine handwriting that expresses the character and mood of the writer. This Bakelite ink case has been specifically moulded to snugly contain an ink bottle, with just enough room to wrap the bottle with a padding or card or blotting paper. The screw top lid fits the case well and this container would be a good way to travel with ink because any spillage would be kept within the waterproof case. The Bakelite material is lightweight and strong. Ink bottle cases, or travelling cases, have been made as an accessory for nib pen writers. The first patent for a “pocket-case for bottles”, a wooden case, was applied for in the US in 1891. Other materials such as steel, pewter and aluminum as well as Bakelite have also been used. The British Museum has an elaborately decorated bronze ink pot holder that is inlaid with turquoise. Today ink bottle cases are even available in fabric with loops to attach to a belt. Bakelite, the material used for this ink bottle case, is made from synthetic materials and is an early form of plastic, developed in 1907 and used extensively until the 1940’s. It is still in used today for specific applications but has been largely replaced by more modern forms of plastics. This ink bottle case carries the imprint of Mabie, Todd & Co. (Aust.) Pty. Ltd. This form of company name was used from 1938 to the mid 1950’s. The Swan ink bottle’s information says it was made by Mabie, Todd & Co. Ltd., London and Sydney, so dates the ink bottle from about 1908 until 1934. (Australian newspapers display advertisements dated 1908 until 1934 for Sydney wholesalers and agents for Mabie, Todd & Co. Ltd.) ABOUT PERSONAL FOUNTAIN PENS (FOUNT PENS) A 1917 newspaper advertisement recommends that the owner of a “Swan” doesn’t lend it to anyone else to use due to its qualities of it personalised to the owner. It reads “Don’t lend your “Swan” fountpen, recommend it, but don’t let other people use it. You see, a good pen doesn’t wear, but its “tamper” (or spring) works into the writer’s pressure and manner of holding. Another person with a dashing style of writing may strain it do that it will no longer feel just like your own.” This personalisation of nib pens may be the reason that legal documents in the past being acceptable only if they were signed using a ‘wet ink’ pen. Forgeries of signatures could be easily detected as the nib takes on the character of the pen’s owner. A ballpoint pen was not acceptable. This is a strong contrast to modern times when a digital signature is widely accepted. ABOUT MABIE TODD Pty Ltd. The American company Mabie Todd began by making pencil cases in New York in the 1860’s. The Bard Brothers, makers of Gold nibs, joined Mabie Todd and the company was established in the 1870’s as Mabie Todd and Bard. In 1878 the company filed a patent for the design of a fountain pen and in 1884 the first Swan fountain pen was released. In 1884 a Mabie Todd and Bard office and showroom was established in London. In 1906 the company’s name changed to Mabie Todd & Co, New York. The UK offices also used this new name and in 1907 the UK began producing their own Swan pens. Manufacturing was going so well in England that New York sold their rights to European and Colonial business to the new Mabie Todd & Company Ltd of England. By the end of the 1930’s all components for the pens were being made in the UK; the pens in the London factory, the gold nibs in Birmingham and the ink in Liverpool. Newspaper articles from 1934 stated that Mabie Todd were large buyers of Tasmanian iridium, which had been welded with gold and used since 1834 for the tips of nib and fountain pens. Fountain pen points were the largest market buyers for Tasmanian iridium, which was classed as “the best in the world”. Production growth continued up until WWII times, when the headquarters and main factory were destroyed. Mabie Todd & Company Ltd of England rebuilt out of the inner city and by 1946 pen production began again. The market for nib and fountain pens was diminishing by this time, with people beginning to use the new ballpoint ‘Biro’ pens. The Mabie Todd bought shares in Biro Pens and in 1952 became Biro Swan. They went on to make more ballpoint pens than any other manufacturer in Britain. The ink refills that Biro-Swan produced came in five different viscosity or thickness xhoices, depending on the season and location of where the pen would be used . Along with the ballpoint pens, Biro-Swan also introduced a range of Calligraph pens to attract those following the new trend for italic writing. In 1948 Mr. T. Burke, a director for Mabie Todd & Co. (Aust.) Pty Ltd., announced that there would be a £40,000 factory built in Sydney in 1949 for the manufacture of ink. The plant for the factory would be imported from overseas. Sadly the company struggled against competition and in 1956 Mabie Todd closed business and no more Swan pens were produced. The ink bottle and container was donated to Flagstaff Hill Maritime Village by the family of Doctor William Roy Angus, Surgeon and Oculist. It is part of the “W.R. Angus Collection” includes historical medical equipment, surgical instruments and material once belonging to Dr Edward Ryan and Dr Thomas Francis Ryan, (both of Nhill, Victoria) as well as Dr Angus’ own belongings. The Collection’s history spans the medical practices of the two Doctors Ryan, from 1885-1926 plus that of Dr Angus, up until 1969. ABOUT THE “W.R.ANGUS COLLECTION” Doctor William Roy Angus M.B., B.S., Adel., 1923, F.R.C.S. Edin.,1928 (also known as Dr Roy Angus) was born in Murrumbeena, Victoria in 1901 and lived until 1970. He qualified as a doctor in 1923 at University of Adelaide, was Resident Medical Officer at the Royal Adelaide Hospital in 1924 and for a period was house surgeon to Sir (then Mr.) Henry Simpson Newland. Dr Angus was briefly an Assistant to Dr Riddell of Kapunda, then commenced private practice at Curramulka, Yorke Peninsula, SA, where he was physician, surgeon and chemist. In 1926, he was appointed as new Medical Assistant to Dr Thomas Francis Ryan (T.F. Ryan, or Tom), in Nhill, Victoria, where his experiences included radiology and pharmacy. In 1927 he was Acting House Surgeon in Dr Tom Ryan’s absence. Dr Angus had become engaged to Gladys Forsyth and they decided he further his studies overseas in the UK in 1927. He studied at London University College Hospital and at Edinburgh Royal Infirmary and in 1928, was awarded FRCS (Fellow from the Royal College of Surgeons), Edinburgh. He worked his passage back to Australia as a Ship’s Surgeon on the on the Australian Commonwealth Line’s T.S.S. Largs Bay. Dr Angus married Gladys in 1929, in Ballarat. (They went on to have one son (Graham 1932, born in SA) and two daughters (Helen (died 12/07/1996) and Berenice (Berry), both born at Mira, Nhill ) According to Berry, her mother Gladys made a lot of their clothes. She was very talented and did some lovely embroidery including lingerie for her trousseau and beautifully handmade baby clothes. Dr Angus was a ‘flying doctor’ for the A.I.M. (Australian Inland Ministry) Aerial Medical Service in 1928 . Its first station was in the remote town of Oodnadatta, where Dr Angus was stationed. He was locum tenens there on North-South Railway at 21 Mile Camp. He took up this ‘flying doctor’ position in response to a call from Dr John Flynn; the organisation was later known as the Flying Doctor Service, then the Royal Flying Doctor Service. A lot of his work during this time involved dental surgery also. Between 1928-1932 he was surgeon at the Curramulka Hospital, Yorke Peninsula, South Australia. In 1933 Dr Angus returned to Nhill and purchased a share of the Nelson Street practice and Mira hospital (a 2 bed ward at the Nelson Street Practice) from Dr Les Middleton one of the Middleton Brothers, the current owners of what previously once Dr Tom Ryan’s practice. Dr Tom and his brother had worked as surgeons included eye surgery. Dr Tom Ryan performed many of his operations in the Mira private hospital on his premises. He had been House Surgeon at the Nhill Hospital 1902-1926. Dr Tom Ryan had one of the only two pieces of radiology equipment in Victoria during his practicing years – The Royal Melbourne Hospital had the other one. Over the years Dr Tom Ryan had gradually set up what was effectively a training school for country general-practitioner-surgeons. Each patient was carefully examined, including using the X-ray machine, and any surgery was discussed and planned with Dr Ryan’s assistants several days in advance. Dr Angus gained experience in using the X-ray machine there during his time as assistant to Dr Ryan. When Dr Angus bought into the Nelson Street premises in Nhill he was also appointed as the Nhill Hospital’s Honorary House Surgeon 1933-1938. His practitioner’s plate from his Nhill surgery is now mounted on the doorway to the Port Medical Office at Flagstaff Hill Maritime Village, Warrnambool. When Dr Angus took up practice in the Dr Edward and Dr Tom Ryan’s old premises he obtained their extensive collection of historical medical equipment and materials spanning 1884-1926. A large part of this collection is now on display at the Port Medical Office at Flagstaff Hill Maritime Village in Warrnambool. In 1939 Dr Angus and his family moved to Warrnambool where he purchased “Birchwood,” the 1852 home and medical practice of Dr John Hunter Henderson, at 214 Koroit Street. (This property was sold in1965 to the State Government and is now the site of the Warrnambool Police Station. and an ALDI sore is on the land that was once their tennis court). The Angus family was able to afford gardeners, cooks and maids; their home was a popular place for visiting dignitaries to stay whilst visiting Warrnambool. Dr Angus had his own silk worm farm at home in a Mulberry tree. His young daughter used his centrifuge for spinning the silk. Dr Angus was appointed on a part-time basis as Port Medical Officer (Health Officer) in Warrnambool and held this position until the 1940’s when the government no longer required the service of a Port Medical Officer in Warrnambool; he was thus Warrnambool’s last serving Port Medical Officer. (Masters of immigrant ships arriving in port reported incidents of diseases, illness and death and the Port Medical Officer made a decision on whether the ship required Quarantine and for how long, in this way preventing contagious illness from spreading from new immigrants to the residents already in the colony.) Dr Angus was a member of the Australian Medical Association, for 35 years and surgeon at the Warrnambool Base Hospital 1939-1942, He served with the Australian Department of Defence as a Surgeon Captain during WWII 1942-45, in Ballarat, Victoria, and in Bonegilla, N.S.W., completing his service just before the end of the war due to suffering from a heart attack. During his convalescence he carved an intricate and ‘most artistic’ chess set from the material that dentures were made from. He then studied ophthalmology at the Royal Melbourne Eye and Ear Hospital and created cosmetically superior artificial eyes by pioneering using the intrascleral cartilage. Angus received accolades from the Ophthalmological Society of Australasia for this work. He returned to Warrnambool to commence practice as an ophthalmologist, pioneering in artificial eye improvements. He was Honorary Consultant Ophthalmologist to Warrnambool Base Hospital for 31 years. He made monthly visits to Portland as a visiting surgeon, to perform eye surgery. He represented the Victorian South-West subdivision of the Australian Medical Association as its secretary between 1949 and 1956 and as chairman from 1956 to 1958. In 1968 Dr Angus was elected member of Spain’s Barraquer Institute of Barcelona after his research work in Intrasclearal cartilage grafting, becoming one of the few Australian ophthalmologists to receive this honour, and in the following year presented his final paper on Living Intrasclearal Cartilage Implants at the Inaugural Meeting of the Australian College of Ophthalmologists in Melbourne In his personal life Dr Angus was a Presbyterian and treated Sunday as a Sabbath, a day of rest. He would visit 3 or 4 country patients on a Sunday, taking his children along ‘for the ride’ and to visit with him. Sunday evenings he would play the pianola and sing Scottish songs to his family. One of Dr Angus’ patients was Margaret MacKenzie, author of a book on local shipwrecks that she’d seen as an eye witness from the late 1880’s in Peterborough, Victoria. In the early 1950’s Dr Angus, painted a picture of a shipwreck for the cover jacket of Margaret’s book, Shipwrecks and More Shipwrecks. She was blind in later life and her daughter wrote the actual book for her. Dr Angus and his wife Gladys were very involved in Warrnambool’s society with a strong interest in civic affairs. He had an interest in people and the community They were both involved in the creation of Flagstaff Hill, including the layout of the gardens. After his death (28th March 1970) his family requested his practitioner’s plate, medical instruments and some personal belongings be displayed in the Port Medical Office surgery at Flagstaff Hill Maritime Village, and be called the “W. R. Angus Collection”. The ink bottle case is significant for its association with writing methods commonly used during the colonisation of Australia until the mid-20th century. The protective Bakelite case demonstrates the value placed on caring for the user’s supply of ink and protecting other belongings of the user, enabling writers to easily carry and safely transport their ink without the concern of spilling it. The case’s design is a good example of the use of new technology. The properties of Bakelite have enabled its moulded design and make it waterproof and lightweight, easily cleaned, closely fitted to the shape of the ink bottle within and lid and base join together using a smooth screwing action. The maker’s marks have also been moulded into the Bakelite, therefore not distracting from the simple but elegant design. This ink bottle case also represents the period of early to mid-20th century when handwriting materials for writers using ink and nib pens were imported into Australia and developed for the Australian market and sold by wholesalers on behalf of overseas companies. Vintage brown Bakelite travelling ink bottle case (or holder, pot, well) containing glass ink bottle and original textured cardboard liner, made by Swan Ink, Mabie, Todd & Co. (Aust) Pty.. Ltd. The Bakelite container is shaped to fit snugly around the ink bottle. It still retains its original shiny finish, the lid screws on and off perfectly. The maker’s name is embossed on lid and base of the Bakelite container. The inkwell contains a glass Ink bottle with a tiny amount of dried up ink Swan triple filtered ink inside. The bottle is cylindrical with curved shoulders tapering to a neck of around 2cm. The white metal screw-on lid and the white and red paper label on the side of the bottle both have a printed description of the ink and maker. Circa 1934-1950’sBAKELITE INK CASE - embossed on either side of the lid “ “SWAN” INK / ”SWAN” INK “ - embossed into base, written in a circle “MABIE TODD & Co (Aust.) PTY. LTD.” GLASS BOTTLE – printed on lid “SWAN”/ [corporate logo combining letters ‘M, T, co’]/TRIPLE FILTERED/ INK.” - printed on label “SWAN” INK /FOR FOUNTAIN & / STEEL PENS / A BLUE BLACK INK OF/ THE FINEST QUALITY/ MADE IN ENGLAND/ MABIE. TODD & CO LTD …….. LONDON. SYDNEY/ Makers of “SWAN” Pens, Gold Pens & Ink“ - moulded into the base of the ink bottle and written around the bottom outside edge of the bottle are the words “THIS BOTTLE ALWAYS REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF/ MABIE TODD/AUST”flagstaff hill, warrnambool, shipwrecked coast, flagstaff hill maritime museum, maritime museum, shipwreck coast, flagstaff hill maritime village, great ocean road, ink bottle holder, ink bottle case, ink bottle pot, travelling inkwell, portable inkwell, travelling ink pot, travelling ink bottle case, ink bottle, inkwell, ink well, swan ink, bakelite, dip pen ink, nib pen ink, fountain pen, fontpen, writing methods, stationery, mabie todd & co, swan fountain pens, biro-swan

Large hard covered book containing names and photographs of 159 deceased Servicemen. Lest We Forget. Roll of Honor. Dedicated to the gallant Sons and Daughters in the Fighting Services of the Dandenong Branch of the Sailors Soldiers and Airmen,s Fathers Association of Victoria. Let not their Sacrifices be in Vain. Photographs are of the following. 143736 RAAF. Y.D Bending. 128756 RAAF LAC R. J. Berry. VX 66913 AIF Pte. J. M. Bland. VX 67586 AIF Sgt. C. Boote. VX 37378 AIF Pte. H. E. Bould. VX 72867 AIF Pte. C. J. Bould. 59887 RAAF LAC. V. A. Bould. VX 41802 AIF Dvr. J. Bradley. VX 113184 AIF Sgt. R. B. Brooks. VX 109393 AIF Sgt. A. Y. Brooks. 49145 RAAF Corp. R. J. Brooks. VX 64333 AIF Corp. D. L. Brumley. WX 9742 AIF. Pte. T. H. Budgeon. VX 85885 AIF Gunner W. M. Buttler. VX 137411 AIF Pte. A.W Cameron. 400037 RAAF Flt. Lieut. W J Canterbury. VX 85253 AIF Capt. T C Canterbury. 49218 RAAF Lac. S E Cannard. VX 24291 AIF Capt. A L Carthew. VX 132044 AIF Gunner G Chandler. VX 68692 AIF Bdr. A J Chandler. 128776 RAAF Acr. D Chrisfield. VX 90726 AIF Gunner W J Chrisfield. 401631 RAAF Flt. Sgt. S Cooper. W2091 RAN Stoker H J B Cooper. VX52731 AIF Cpl. C B Cooper. VX92695 AIF Pte. J M Cornish. 13774 RAAF Flt. Sgt. G R Coulthard. RAN Stoker H F Cross. RAN Stoker. R O Cross. VX15688 AIF Bmd. E J Curran. 42998 RAAF Sgt. R F Dawson. VX 5835 AIF Pte. R R N Dobson. VX 110898 AIF Gunner R B Dunn. RAN Stoker E W Eades. 401424 RAAF Pilot Off. H L Edgoose. VX 89563 AIF Corp. A R Ewart. 401817 RAF Flg. Off. F P Field. VX 2115 AIF Sgt. J E Ford. VX 53019 AIF Dvr. M G Greyling. VX 100355 AIF LCorp. V F Greyling. VX 137580 AIF Corp.J J Greene. VX 138491 AIF Pte. D M Greene. VX 5828 AIF Corp. G S Hamilton. VX 85863 AIF Gunner. B W Hamilton. VX 80141 AIF Gunner A W Hamilton. VX 51804 AIF Gunner E W Harden. 41632 RAAF Lac. T J Hardy. 121213 RAAF Lac. C W Harvey. VX 29054 AIF Pte. F Howard. VX 11914 AIF Corp.D J Hunter. VX 123189 AIF Signaler A W Hussey. VX 147815 AIF Sapper K B Hussey. VX 42893 AIF Sigr. J Hussey. VX 15925 AIF Pte. D R Irvine. 41389 RAAF A/Crew. M Irvine. VX 52919 AIF Gunner A F Issac. VX 136374 W/Off. M G Jarvis. VX 83137 AIF Sgt. R N Jarvis. VX 6220 AIF Pte. R Johnston. VX 12679 AIF Sigr. A J Johnston. 51831 RAAF Lac. M L Keys. VX 89237 AIF Staff /Adj. C H Llewelyn. 55876 RAAF Corp. J R Llewelyn. VX 139945 Pte. M A Llewelyn. 126096 RAAF Lac. E F Lovie. RAN Sigr. A Luxford. VX 109843 AIF Corp. C Mace. VX 85346 AIF Gunner R Mace. VX 133409 AIF Pte. K J Mackenzie. VX 50667 AIF Pte. K H Macindoe. VX 112854 AIF Corp. L J Marshall. RAN A/B M A McCallum. VX 66713 AIF Trooper J L Mc Calman. AIF Corp. J L Mc Carthy. RAAF A/C K Mc Carthy. VX 144119 AIF C/M A J McConnell. VX 26648 AIF Pte. K L McCoy. VX 63759 Pte. S V McCoy. 128190 RAAF Lac. G E McDonald. VX 101980 AIF W/O A McDonough. VX 83581 AIF Dvr. N P McGrath. VX 64933 AIF Pte. J McLaren. VX 5086 AIF Pte P McLaren. VX 48798 AIF Lieut. R A McPherson. 125723 RAAF Lac. G M McPherson. 52002 RAAF Lac. G W Mussett. VX 80158 AIF Pte. K S G Nankivell. VX 18938 AIF Dvr. W H Norris. VX 41804 AIF Pte. R E Norris. VX 137948 AIF Lieut. E C C Norris. VX 122762 AIF Sgt. G C Norris. VX 902 AIF Bombd. S G Oakley. VX 113395 AIF Sgt. K J Oldmeadow. NX 84580 AIF Gunner L Oldmeadow. 118349 RAAF Lac. M W Oldmeadow. RAAF F/O C J Oldmeadow. 205672 RAAF W/O A R Orr. VX 14383 AIF Dvr. D C Owler. 428562 RAAF Lac W G Pocknee. RAAF F/O F R Pocknee. VX 47310 AIF Sgt. J Pocknee. 142216 RAAF A/C G Palmer. VX130212 AIF Sgt. J A Palmer. VX 5838 AIF Corp. A L Philp. VX 36554 AIF Pte. R H Phillips. VX 121360 AIF Pte. S Phillips. VX 44179 AIF Signr. H Phillips. 418565 RAAF F/Sgt. J Phillipson. VX 65396 AIF Sgt. A L Pike. 408515 RAAF F/O H L Pleydell. VX 56464 AIF Pte G Randall. VX 101729 AIF Sapper J Richards. VX 1393 AIF Corp. A Rice. 252694 RAAF F/O J J Rice. VX 47285 AIF Gunner W J Riddell. VX 29095 AIF Corp. E W Riddell. VX 115375 AIF Bombd. R C T Riddell. VX 55435 AIF Sgt. B C Robert. VX 107273 AIF Bombd. W H Rodd. VX 62248 AIF Trooper A B Rogers. VX 6417 AIF Lieut. A C Russell. VX 79861 AIF Sapper A G Ryland. PM 542 RAN C.P.O E G Saggers. 410734 RAAF P/O. W Schoon. VX 133783 AIF L/Cpl. J Sharkie. VX 118910 AIF Gunner R T Sleeth. RAN Stoker A R Smith. VX 70614 AIF Pte,R S T Smith. VX 29106 AIF Pte. N Smith. VX 108076 AIF Lieut. L B Stuart. RAN Stoker N D StClair. RAAF Flt/Off. D Swann. 252284 RAAF Flt/Lieut. M R Swann. 408537 RAAF Sgt/Pilot R R J Swords. 51502 RAAF Lac. L R Taylor. VX 55365 AIF Tpr. C Tebb. VX 75522 AIF Pte. R J Toogood. VX 102902 AIF Sapper L B Topsell. VX 143983 AIF Pte. G Vines. VX 54677 AIF Sgt. H A Vines. VX 53827 AIF Cpl. A Walker. 410743 RAAF Flt/Sgt. J M Walker. VX 48654 AIF Sapper S R Walters. VX 69063 AIF Sapper C H Walters. 428392 RAAF Sgt. R C Westmoreland. VX 119494 AIF Dvr. W H Wharton. VX 73771 AIF Pte. F G Wharton. VX 23645 AIF Dvr. J W Wharton. VX 52333 AIF Pte. R A Wharton. PM 4551 RAN Abl/Sea. C P Whiteman. VX 60652 AIF Slgr. R B S Whitwell. VX 113345 AIF Sgt. W J Williams. VX 42674 AIF Cpl. T J Williams. VX 143637 AIF Pte. T A Williams. VX 88121 AIF Capt. R E Williams. 41738 RAAF Cpl. A F Wood. 49725 RAAF Lac. K A Wood. 42333 RAAF Cpl. S T Wood.

The Eureka Stockade was fought on the Eureka Lead, Ballarat East on 03 December 1854. Keith Rash was a signwriter who learnt his trade at the Ballarat School of Mines. He was very interested in local history and wrote articles for the local newspapers. The clippings on Eureka would have been used to inform his articles, and research on the site of the Eureka Stockade. Ken Clements was former Academic Registrar at Ballarat College of Advanced Education (now University of Ballarat). He was a committee member of the Eureka Stockade Memorial Park Committee for a number of years. Dr Dorothy Wickham has researched Eureka over a number of decades, and has published a number of titles on the topic. Clare Gervasoni has researched Eureka over a number of decades, and has published a number of titles on the topic, including coordination of www.Eurekapedia.org for Ballarat Reform League Inc. Three white A4 folders of newspaper clippings dating from 1923 to 2012. The clippings are in chronological order. The clippings were collected by Keith Rash, and were later supplemented by clippings collected by Ken Clements. Further clippings collected by Dorothy Wickham, mainly around the 1990s were inserted throughout the folders in chronological order, as well as later clippings by Clare Gervasoni .1) Folder One - Eureka Cuttings 1923 - 1984 * Courier 05/05/1923 - Eureka Progress Association (W. Groves, Stockader Phillips of Rocky Lead, Stockader Wilson, G. Lakeland, Eureka Hall.) * Courier 10.08.1931 - Banquet at Eureka - Progress Association's Annual Meeting (McGregor, Parsons, W.J. McAdam, 75th anniversary. Elsworth, Kent, Robert McGregor) *Courier 11/08/1932 - Eureka Reserve - Committee Annual Social. (E. Parsons, C.C. Phillips, D.C. McGrath, T.T. Hollway, Bolster, Mackenzie, Mares, Hendy) * Courier 07/07/1939 - Eureka Improvement Committee, Eureka Reserve * Courier 04/12/1950 - Australian Democracy Was Born at Eureka * Courier 04/09/1951 - Council Seeks Development of Eureka Land - potential housing Commission development on site of Last Chance Mine. (J. Welsh). * Ballarat Courier 12/1952 - Few Remembered Eureka Affair (98th anniversary, A.W. Nicholson, C.E. Brown, L. O'Brien, R. Joshua, Soldiers' Memorial Band) * Courier 07/12/1953 - Few Commemorated the Affair at Eureka - 99th anniversary at the Stockade reserve (F.J. Cutts, L. O'Brien, R. Joshua, Peter Lalor, C.E. Brown. * Courier 14/04/1954 - Eureka Centenary - meeting to determine form of commemoration. * Courier 15/04/1954 - Getting ready - Centenary celebrations (Picture of Diggers Memorial, F.J. Cutts, C. Mott). * Courier 15/04/1954 - Eureka Centenary Planned (F.J. Cutts, Geoffrey Searle, Edgar Bartrop, G. Swenson, B. Parsons, T.E. Carter, M. Collins, Mrs L.M. Quinlan, Grenville, Eureka Progress Association, Arthur Jones, E.J. Crimmins, Bernard D'Arcy, A.W. [Bert] Strange). * Guardian 25/11/1954 - Diary of a Eureka Stockader [signed RDW] (Bentley, Fletcher, McIntyre, Westerby, Ballarat Reform League, monster meeting, Bakery Hill, Charles Hotham) * Argus 04/12/1954 - Eureka Day Marred by Storm (image of Bert O'Toole in Red Coat uniform, Peter Lalor Statue, A.C. Pittard, F.J. Cutts, Bernard D'Arcy, L. Moyle, Catherine Smith, wounded, death, Eureka Celebrations, anniversary, John Cain *Age Literary Supplement, 04/12/1954 - The motives that prompted the tragic Eureka rising . (image of Charles Hotham, government troops attack, Eureka Stockade Monument) 1851 discovery of gold in Victoria, centenary of Eureka Stockade, author MM, Governor Latrobe, law abiding nature of most miners, most miners were British but other nationalities represented, miners former occupations were varied, many did not "strike it rich", by 1853 the earnings of most diggers had fallen very low, 30/- licence fee, digger hunts, cries of "Joe" or "The Traps", 5 pound fine or 6 month imprisonment for not carrying Licence, La Trobe had hired ex-convicts as police, Governor Charles Hotham 1854, Bentlys Hotel, Commissioner Rede, miners leader Peter Lalor, Carboni Raffaello, Press warning by "Age", Ballarat Reform League, November 29 diggers meeting, licences burned, November 30 licence hunt, new flag and Southern Cross oath, the Stockade, revolution ?, Stockade Garrison, December 3 1854, the battle, 125 prisoners, 13 charged with high treason, all prisoners acquitted, Lalor and Vern into hiding, 'democratic revolution' or 'undisguised rebellion' ? , Miner's Right, Chartist ideas involved, Lalor became a member of Victorian parliament, Eureka monument inscription, little revolutionary significance. * The Argus 06/12/1954 - 100th Eureka Day ( [ Images - bearded miners, Bert O'Toole, simulated battle, red coats] battle tableau, Centenary celebrations. Mr Cain Premier, Spirit of Eureka). * Ballarat Courier 22/04/1961 Attack on the Paint ( [Image - Eureka Monument Guns] vandals). * Ballarat Courier 13/09/1962 - Little-Known Aspects of Eureka Affair (E.J. Crimmins and the 109th Eureka Anniversary); Eureka Drilling (Photo of M. Milligan drilling for water for the Eureka Pool) * Ballarat Courier 10/12/1963 - Eureka Relics in Public Display (Trev Negri), Little-known aspects of the Eureka affair (E J Crimmins, 13 State prisoners, Creswick men, M Greville), Eureka Request (Apex explanatory notice). * Ballarat Courier 12/05/1964 - Plaque to tell Eureka Story (Apex donation on monument). * Ballarat Courier 09/06/1964 - Permission is sought (re Eureka Reserve small Hall). * Ballarat Courier 28/08/ 1964 - Eureka should be much better attraction (Mayor Cr Webb, Rotary). * No Chlorination at Stockade Pool 24/08/1964 (A Jones secretary) * Ballarat Courier 10/10/1964 - Assurance given on Eureka Swimming Pool (Murray Byrne MLC, Bill Stephen MLA, pool plans [Images - Photo of Jones, Stephen Byrne - diagram of Eureka reserve swimming pools, caravan park, monument area] ) * Ballarat Courier 23/06/1964 - Pool plans ready for tenders MLA (Black Hill) * Ballarat Courier 26/11/1966 - Eureka: Was that clash in 1854 inevitable ? ([Image - Monument, Peter Lalor statue], by J J Sheehan, foreigners, Chartists, poorly armed. * 03/12/1966 Part 2 - Eureka: No plan by the Diggers to Attack, by j j Sheehan ([Images - Eureka collection, W C Colbourne and G Brookes with old rifle] Corrupt, Instructed, Withers' view, The last hunt, Police spies). * Ballarat Courier 19/12/1968 - Eureka commemoration definite next year,1854 - (Connolly Association, 3 December, 'Finest thing in Australasian history', few attending, L O'Brien, public apathy, A Williams, successful 1954 centenary, W. Roff, Eureka Progress Association) * 23/11/67 - Eureka and Miners' rights (G P Ryan letter, no representation, excessive licence system, offensive administration.brutality, Gov Hotham, barricade on Eureka lead, Miners' Rights replaced Licences but now worthless, mining monopolies, democracy). * Eureka Flag Ceremony (L O'Brien, false report, revive annual Eureka service). * Ballarat Courier 12/05/1867 Questions of Eureka (W Thompson letter, why military names on monument ? Why mount irrelevant cannons on monument ? Where is the flag ?). Lalor's refuge (between Bungaree and Bullarook ?, Fr t Linane ). Building linked with Ballarat (at French end of Collins Street Melbourne, Sir Robert Nickle, relief march to Ballarat, historian E Moorhead, 40th regiment link ). * Ballarat Courier 08/01/1968 - Too little history at Eureka says Visitor (Image - Eureka monument, Mrs L Riley, frequent complaint, B McOrist, proposed Stockade model). * Ballarat Courier c 1968 - Gallery Eureka flag may be the original (Cr W Roff, at Ballarat Art Gallery, fraud ?, matching pieces). * Ballarat Courier 11/04/1968 Pool of reflection ([Image - Eureka pool and willows], near full again). * Ballarat Courier 20/08/1968 - Eureka Reserve (Rotary Clubs' proposed project). *Ballarat Courier 05/10/1968 - Picturesque Willows ([Image- willows in good condition at Eureka Stockade]). * Ballarat Courier, November 1968 - Eureka Ceremony will be Revived (Eureka Progress Association to revive Eureka Commemoration at the site, Connolly Association Australia, J. Garvey, A. Jones) [Photo of L. O'Brien, A, Jones, R.A. Mitchell, Jim Styker and Alan Mills *Ballarat Courier 15/11/1968 - Walkathon for Stockade Diorama (planned life-size Diorama at Stockade depicting the Eureka riot, Rotary Cup walkathon fundraiser. *Ballarat Courier 26/11/1968 - Discussing plans ([Image - Les O'Brien, Arthur Jones, Alan Mills et al], memorial service Sunday). * Ballarat Courier 26/11/1968 - Eureka ceremony will be revived (four year lapse, Connolly Association, Eureka Progress Association) * Ballarat Courier 02/12/1968 - 500 attend Eureka ceremony (114th commemoration, on island in Lake, Mayor Cr M J Brown, speaker Mr Dudley Erwin MLA, significance to Australia, Connolly Association morning ceremony, Bernie Nolan, W Hartley). * Courier 1969 - Letters to the editor - Peter Lalor's Grave, Losing Places of Beauty loss of verandahs, Eureka Stockade Caravan Park, Eureka Swimming Pool), Ireland's Dilemma (Catholic Church), Small Group in "Affair" (F.R. Muller) * Courier 22/04/1969 - $7000 grant for Eureka Diorama (Sir Henry Bolte approves grant, $2 for $1, Rotary walkathon basis, City Council interest, Diorama details, information about Eureka for public, Eureka Park Sovereign Hill and Montrose cottage combination). * Courier 21/08/1969 - Mayor turns sod at Diorama site ([Image- Mayor Cr M J Brown et al], life size representation of stockade scene, Mr W F Stephen MLA). * Courier 06/12/1969 - The 'affair at Eureka' ([Image- Diorama] Few remembered anniversary of bid for democratic Government in 1850s, Mayor Cr Alec Mills, Murray Byrne, Colonial secretary J Foster resignation, reforms, hostility, unpopular, end of era). * Courier mixed 1969 - City link with Eureka Stockade threatened, - Eureka signposts [Diggers Memorial, Soldiers Memorial], - Eureka Anniversary - Souvenir of Eureka (William Cowland's pistol). * Courier :/05/1970 - Fascinated ([Image- children at near completed Diorama]). * Courier 10/08/1970 - Mayor opens Eureka Diorama ([Image- Diorama scene of 3 December 1854 battle], Mayor Cr A E Mills, Rotarians, Eric Pearce voice tape recording). * Courier 08/08/1970 - Eureka Diorama should be Popular-Rotarian ([Image- Diorama shed], City's new drawcard, Diorama Opening para and advert). * Courier 12/09/1970 - The Quick change Eureka Stockade ([Image- Eureka Stockade Hotel], was Australia Felix Hotel, Mr Kevin Worthington). * Courier 22/09/1970 - Missing golden opportunities (message unheeded, American tourists misled, bewildered tourists). * Courier 20/10/1970 - Ballarat's monument to vandalism ? (Ballarat, Wendouree and South Rotary clubs' pride: Eureka Diorama, joy and heartaches, vandalism damage, thoughtless and vicious). * Courier 20/10/1970 - Marked for demolition ([Image- Ballarat east railyard] troops path to Eureka stockade). * Courier 20/10/1970 - Diorama sound system target for vandals ([Image- Jack Redman removing foreign material from diorama starting mechanism). * Courier 03/11/1970 - Record Good but Facts are Wrong ([Image- depiction of Eureka scene], article by Paul Hughes, RCA LP record based on musical play re Eureka Stockade, errors) * Courier 11/03/1970 - Diorama for Eureka Stockade ([Images- view of park, view of diorama]). * Courier 4/12/1970 - Anniversary of Eureka uprising ([Images- Southern Cross flag over Montrose cottage, R Fenton and V Demedeze], 107th anniversary, Scouts Eureka re-enactment, Diggers didn't mind delay). * Courier 16/04/1971 - Lake disappearing ([Image- Lake Elsworth being filled], Olympic standard pool planned for same site). * Courier 31/07/1971 - Birthplace of Peter Lalor ([Image- 211 year old Lalor home in Ireland], Eureka Stockade (park) name change to Eureka Stockade Memorial Park (in Sept. 1972). * Courier 01/02/1971 Eureka Stockade Gardens - ([Images- Gardens near Caretakers Cottage, Miss J Hetherington and begonias in Eureka Stockade hothouse). * Courier 11/1971 - Eureka Grant (for toilet block in Eureka Caravan Park), Ancestor Died in Stockade Battle (William Clifton), $93,887 Tender for Eureka Pool) * Courier 10/12/1971 - Eureka FILM 'iMMORAL' ( Erwin's attack, DUDLEY ERWIN MP, suggested cuts). * Courier 21/02/1972 - It is not a subsidy (says Stockade Director, re film, Added bonus, also Descendant upset- letter from Peter A Lalor re film content). * Ballarat Courier 31/10/1973 - Eureka Stockade a National Shrine, (Editorial , Minister Grassby's support) - Eureka 'Shrine of our History', (Grassby's pledge). * Ballarat Courier 14/02/1973, - $1000 Grant for Eureka Flag (from State government to Ballarat Art Gallery, Bill Stephen MLA, Murray Byrne Minister for Tourism). * Ballarat Courier 26/05/1973, - Eureka Flag Restored (by Val D'Angri, Peter Lalor details, [Images- Val at work on flag, painting of 1854 Ballarat]). * Ballarat Courier 26/10/1973 - Taking another look at Eureka (Editorial, historical and social significance of Eureka Stockade, Neighbour attractions, Thinking BIG), and Editorial report, Put up the Stockade again - and a Monorail ? * Ballarat Courier 31/10/1973 - Eureka Stockade a National Shrine (Minister's support) * Ballarat Courier October 1973 - Eureka a 'Shrine of our History' (Grassby's pledge, Alex Barnett's plans for Eureka Stockade ). * Ballarat Courier 03/11/1973, - Build Eureka into a tourist drawcard ,(Challenge to Clubs. W H McGregor; Ceremony, Tram Link, the "Iceberg"). * Ballarat Courier 08/11/1973, - Grassby to get Eureka Plans - (from Alex Barnett). * Ballarat Courier 29/11/1973, - Memorial Plans with Town Hall (Architect plans also sent to Mr Grassby). * Ballarat Courier 13/11/1973, - Prime Minister will unveil Eureka Flag [Image - Erecting Flag frame at Ballarat Art gallery, Val D'Angri]. * Ballarat Courier 14/11/1973, - What plan for the Eureka memorial ? (Public entitled to know, National concept) and (Eureka Upgrading). * Ballarat Courier 24/11/1973, - Connolly Opposition to Eureka Proposals (Association protests about limited support for commemoration of Eureka) and (Gallery search for Lalor descendant). *Ballarat Courier 24/11/1973, - The Affair at Eureka (Part one by J J Sheehan) [Images -Jones' Circus tent, and Stockade location, also Peter Lalor photo, also artist's impression of the 13 men on trial]. Part 2 )3/11/1973 (Eureka Diorama) * Ballarat Courier 01/12/1973, - Grassby to see Eureka Plan on Site [Image- Architect's sketch of proposed $450,000 Museum building]. *Ballarat Courier 01/12/1973, - The Affair at Eureka (The fight for justice, concluding J J Sheehan series), [Images - painting of fight, and the supposed site of the Stockade]. * Ballarat Courier 02/12/1973, Victorian Treasures at Art Gallery (Eureka Flag and "Moonrise exhibition), [Image - J Nicholson cleaning 'Peter Lalor' portrait]. * Ballarat Courier 03/12/1973, - The Events Which led up to Eureka (Licence contentions,the perceived need for fortification around the workings at the Eureka lead, the death of James Scobie, the burning of Bentley's Hotel, the conviction of three miners on 20 November, arrival of armed soldiers at the Camp. Also Raffaello observations, and advert for public viewing of Eureka Flag. [Image - Diggers and Soldiers names on Eureka Monument]. * Ballarat Courier 03/12/1973, - The past celebrated but what of the future ? (119th anniversary of the Eureka Stockade uprising, but current politicians are under close scrutiny) * Ballarat Courier 03/12/1973, - Teacher-Politician is behind Eureka story (J J Sheehan profile). *Ballarat Courier 04/12/1973 - A Noteworthy Day in Ballarat - (Prime Minister Whitlam unveiled the famous Eureka Flag at the Art gallery). * Ballarat Courier 04/12/1973, - Newcomers told about migrants at Eureka (migrants from >20 countries, comradeship after battle and defeat, new nation in peace and tranquility. Minister for Immigration Mr Al Grassby at Sovereign Hill. Liberties. A Shrine. [Image- Al Grassby and newly arrived migrants at Sovereign Hill]. *Ballarat Courier 04/12/1973, - Grassby leads colorful Eureka commemoration (cheering school children, flag, wreath, World Fame for Eureka affair, boy's coach trip, two sides to Eureka battle.) [Image- Mr Grassby and group of children]. (National day proposed by Mr Grassby). * Ballarat Courier 04/12/1973, Eureka as National Monument (PM commends stockade plan, Mr Whitlam on Eureka commemoration day supports plans to make Eureka Stockade a national monument. Flag saved and restored, TV hitch. New Australian anthem needed to match the 'new nationalism'. [Image - Gough Whitlam and group at flag presentation and unfurling ceremony.] * Ballarat Courier 04/12/1973, - Eureka ! It's Digger Al (Al Grassby at 119th anniversary of the Eureka Stockade rebellion). [Images - scenes of Al Grassby at Sovereign Hill]. * Ballarat Courier 05/12/1973, - Talk, But No Cash: Stephen (Mr Bill Stephen MLA comments on visit by Whitlam and Grassby). - Eureka Flag Australia's most valuable relic: PM (Gough Whitlam report to Federal Parliament yesterday, Hospitality from Mr Dudley Erwin) * Ballarat Courier 10/12/1973, - Flag restorer stitched her way into history (Val D"Angri has stitched her way into Australian History as the person who restored the Eureka Flag. [Image - Mrs Val D'Angri, Eureka Flag needlewoman ]. * Ballarat Courier, 1974 - Location of the Eureka Stockade (Bert Strange), Misplaced Stockade (Maurice Calnin, T.C. Cleary, diary), Stockade Site (Bob O'Brien), Eureka Flag Stolen (John Shannon) *Ballarat Courier 6 May 1974, - Committee formed for $1.25 M. Eureka Project - ( a permanent memorial). *Ballarat Courier 6 May 1974, - Federal Govt Aid likely for Eureka (Federal Labor Government wants Eureka Stockade site to be a major tourist attraction, Eureka booklet proposed). *Ballarat Courier 10 May 1974, - Peter Lalor Stories Interest Society (Ballarat Historical Society seeks reports of Peter Lalor during escape after the Eureka affair). Also Eureka Shrine, The Eureka 'affair', Eureka film premier. * 29/07/1974 - Eureka Memorial Plans Need Full Support (Eureka Stockade Association) * Ballarat Courier 11/5/1974 and 6/6/1974 - Stockade Site (Rob O'Brien, Eureka Interesting Story * Ballarat Courier 30/01/1974 - Eureka Remembered in Italy (Al Grasby, Raffaello Carboni, Urbino); Eureka Memorial on Way (Eureka Stockade Association) {photo of Gordon Cornell, Alec Barnett, Bruce Bartrop] * Ballarat Courier, May 1974 and 11 May 1974 - Location of the Eureka Stockade (Bert Strange); Stockade Site (Bob O'Brien) * [Ballarat Courier?] 10/07/1979 - City's Oldest Memorial is Over Diggers' Graves. (An article on the grave over the diggers who were killed as a result of the Eureka Stockade battle which was erected on 22 March 1856. .2) Folder Two- Eureka Cuttings c1980-2004 Ballarat Courier ~9/1980, - First-hand account of hardship omitted (Frank Titan letter re Tom Evans' use of selected evidence in his proclamation that democracy was not born at Eureka Stockade. "Democracy was won at the Stockade on 3/12/1854. [Cartoon 'A beach view of the Eureka Flag debate']. Ballarat News ~1980, Names (Diggers & Troopers) of deceased on Eureka Stockade Monument. [Photo of white marble tablet] Ballarat Courier 4 July 1981, Eureka Papers Gift to City, Peter Lalor letters, Stephen Cumming diary. [Photo - Town Clerk Ian Smith, Cr Jessie Scott and donor Bruce Evans]. * The Sun Travel Supplement, 06 April 1984 - A Bloody Moment Re-visited by Alec Hepburn - (Diorama, Eureka Stockade Replica, Montrose Cottage) [Image of Gerard Rushforth to the reconstruction of the Eureka Stockade * Ballarat Courier, 10/04/1984 - Eureka Incident 'an uprising of the scum of goldfields. [photo of John Callinan with the Diggers Grave monument] * The Age, 06/05/1987 - Eureka! Man found whose father was there by John Lahey (Article on Terence Brady, who was a 4 month old baby at the Eureka Stockade battle. * Ballarat Courier 13 June 1984, 'Eureka Stockade'.....a Panning, (American critic J J O'Connor pans the Australian TV Mini-series. Book 2 - C1990-2004 * Ballarat Courier ~1990,- High-calibre Restoration, (World War I German Howitzer being restored after about 70 years exposure in the Eureka Stockade Memorial Park). [Photo of wheeled Gun, and article by author Peter Butters]. * Ballarat Courier, ~1990, A Changing Track to Eureka, a 'Room for a View' article by Alex Barnett OAM. (comment about the Stockade site and the tracks leading to it). [Photo of painting by Charles Doudiet depicting the diggers swearing allegiance to the southern Cross on 1 December 1854]. * Ballarat News 22 March 1990 - Eureka Troopers Slept Here (article on the Werribee Hunt Hotel, near the Ballarat Gold Course, where troopers slept and watered their horses on the way to Ballarat in 1854. [photograph of the hotel] * Ballarat Courier, 23 August 1991 - Eureka relics Return to Ballarat by Gemma Daley. Items acquired by Sovereign Hill - including a Ground plan of James Bentley's Eureka Hotel, autographed statement by Michael Carroll. (photograph of Peter Hiscock holding a set of percussion pistols, the Plan of the Eureka Hotel] * 30 November 1992 - Ballarat Courier 'Hayden Pays a Visit' by Julia Balderstone (Article on the visit of Governor-General Bill Hayden to Ballarat, the launch of Bob O'Brien's book 'Massacre at Eureka: The untold Story' ) [Photographs of Bill Hayden, Mayor James Coglan, Sovereign Hill, Bob O'Brien) * Ballarat Courier 03 December 1994 - Awareness grows of flag's meaning by Lorrie Brown (article on the Ballarat Trades Hall replica of the Eureka Flag. The replica flag was made by the then Trades Hall caretaker Tom Ellis. The replica flag was used in a Trades Hall march in 1945 and then disappeared until the mid 1980s (Image of David Miller nad Graeme Shearer in front of the flag.) Verso - Robert and Pamela Sublet and their link to the Eureka Stockade via their ancestor Charles Sublet de Bourgy and the site of the Eureka Stockade. * 04 May 1996 Ballarat Courier Saturday Magazine Extra 'Our Next Flag?' by Gabrielle Hodson (An article on the Australian Flag and the Eureka Flag with interview with Gayle Hart (Ballarat Fine Art Gallery) * Ballarat Courier, 15 February 1995 - 'Knockers' Harming the Story of Eureka - an opinion piece by Lewis L. Gay (descendant of William Gay) * Ballarat Courier, 10 July 1996 - Facts, not our bias, are Eureka's basis, an opinion piece by Tom Evans * Ballarat Courier 03 September 1996 - Tell Warts and All of Eureka by Weston Bate (image of Weston Bate) * The Age, 21 December 1996 - Mining a rich vein of passion by Mary Ryllis Clark (Eureka overview with information on Charles Doudiet). * Ballarat Courier, 07 July 1997 - Eureka Flag Row (Sale by auction of Eureka Flag piece held by Lex McClintock - associated with Communist Party and Evelyn Shaw) [Photo of Anne Beggs Sunter beside the Eureka Flag] * Ballarat Courier, 02 August 1997; images of the Eureka sail on the Eureka centre from different locations. * Ballarat Courier 23 October 1997, Eureka Stockade Centre Agreement is signed, (Sovereign Hill to manage new Eureka Centre). [p 1 Photo Doug Sarah, Janet Dore, James Coghlan, Peter Tobin, and Peter Hiscock at table; p 2 photo of new Eureka Centre and reference to 21 year management agreement between City of Ballarat and Sovereign Hill Museums Association. * Ballarat Courier 23 October 1997, 'A Handsome Addition to our Heritage Assets' [Plan of Bentley's Eureka Hotel ason 17 October 1854 it was when it burned ] * Ballarat Courier 03 November 1997 - Different Eureka Flag. Letter to the editor from A.D. Glasson. * * Ballarat Courier 23 October 1997, 'Did Eureka Claim the Drummer Boy' Dorothy Wickham prooves the Drummer Boy of the 12 Regiment. John Egan. did not die in the events leading to the Eureka Stockade. * Ballarat Courier ~1998, - Alex and Audrey thanked, (Total of 90 years work for Eureka Stockade Memorial Park Committee recognised), [Photo of Gordon Taite, Alex Barnett and John Barnes. * Ballarat Couruer, 04 February 1998 - Exciting Eureka Flag Find in UK by Stuart Howie. (Eureka Flag held in the Suffold Military Museum) [Jan Penney holds with a Eureka centre logo.] * Ballarat Courier 23 February 1998, Eureka Centre almost ready, (Workers adding finishing touches, description of $4m Centre by Manager Jan Penney). [Photo of new Eureka Centre, Mothers Art figures, Jan Penney, stage coach, Trooper John King]. [Photo Dorothy Wickham an d Governement Camp] * Ballarat Courier 23 February 1998, Forging links with Irish (Article by Leanne Keem on visitors from County Wicklow, 1798 Rebellion, convicts, Wicklow Historic Gaol.) [Photograph at Sovereign Hill of Joan Kavanagh, Pat Vance, Balise Treacy) * Ballarat Courier 28 March 1998, On to Camp Street, Premier urges at Eureka opening, (Comments by Mr Kennett about Eureka and the Ballarat community). [Various photos and paras about participants and about the Centre]. * Ballarat Courier 28 March 1998, EUREKA CENTRE SETS FULL SAIL, (celebration of launch of new centre by Premier Jeff Kennett). [Cartoon re Red Carpet and flag pieces]. * Ballarat Courier 17 November 1998, National Eureka Day idea 'could boost city' (Mayor Judy Verlin) * Ballarat Courier 28 November 1998, - MP backs Eureka Sunday, (Michael Ronaldson supports idea of a national Eureka Sunday to recognise Eureka's significance). [Photo of Michael Ronaldson MHR]. * Ballarat Courier 1/12/1998, - Red Eureka flag symbolic for anniversary, (red spotlight on giant Eureka flag model above the new Eureka Centre for 144th anniversary week, and outline of displays in Centre by manager Dr Jan Penny). [Photos - red 'Eureka Flag' on new Stockade Centre, and cartoon re 'tomato sauce']. * Ballarat Courier 2/12/1998, - Eureka enthusiast hopes for national day of celebration, (Jack Harvey expresses his hope that 'Eureka Day' might replace 'Australia Day' as our national day for celebration of anniversary of the formation of Australia, especially if Australia becomes a republic. History of the Dawn Walk in a list). [Cartoon re Eureka Walk Backpacker]. * The News 2/12/1998 - Lanterns to Light Path on Eureka Walk by Toni Lea-Howie - Dawn walk, lanterns, Jack Harvey, * Ballarat Courier 3/12/1998,- Marching the light fantastic, (Lighting the way, lanterns being prepared at Mining Exchange under direction of maker Graeme Dunstan in readiness for Sunday dawn walk, and other details of the Sunday program). [Photo of Belinda Dyer and Michael McTigue with several lanterns and a Eureka flag in the background]. * Ballarat Courier 4/12/1898, - Old trash reveals gold rush lifestyle , (display of artefacts dug from ground before new Eureka Centre built, Dr Jan Penny spoke, Minister Rob Maclellan launched the display, Cr James Coghlan announced the formation of the Eureka Stockaders support group with Peter Tobin and Alex Barnett as Life Members, article by Diane Squires. [Photo of Robert Maclellan and Gael Shannon with archaeological artefacts]. * Ballarat Courier 04/12/1998 'Many Behind New Eureka Centre' by Paul Murphy. (An article about the origins of the Eureka Stockade centre through the eyes of Paul Murphy, Executive Office of Eureka's Children. It includes the 1988 Bicentennial Eureka celebrations, Eureka Commemorative Society, Peter Tobin, Eureka Stockade Memorial Trust) Also inclides a letter from Bob O'Biren on the Origins of the Eureka Flag. * Ballarat Courier 5/12/1998, - Eureka walk revisits past , (Lantern bearers in a dawn walk will follow path taken in 1854 by troops as they marched to the Eureka Stockade, article by Rohan Wade). [Photo of Wayne Parker and Peter Freund discussing the internet recording of the dawn walk]. * Ballarat News 06/12/1995 - Lest we forget the fallen at Eureka by Peter Butters (William Westgarth, Captain Wise, Charles Rich, coffins, Bakery Hill meeting, Eureka monument, James Scobie, George Scobie. * Ballarat Courier 7/12/1998, - DAWN HOMAGE TO EUREKA HEROES, (300 take part in Dawn Walk, organiser Margaret Rich describes the community response and participation as fabulous and thanked Ballarat Fine Art Gallery for underwriting this years event). [Photo of dawn walkers on way to Eureka Stockade on Sunday, and photo of walk Leader Jack Harvey]. * Ballarat Courier 7/12/1998, - Walk sees the dawn of a national day, (3.30am marshalling of dawn walkers at Mining Exchange building by leader Jack Harvey and lantern maker Graeme Dunstan was spectacular; at the Eureka monument Don Chip addressed the large gathering on the significance of Eureka, Big turnout draws praise from Dore, Gallery echoes stirring oath).[Photo of Jack Harvey, Janet Dore, and Margaret Rich, Photo of Evelyn Healy, Cartoon re Ho Ho Ho ]. * Ballarat Courier 7/12/1998, - Miners were fighting for a fair go : Chipp, (Stirring Eureka address by Democrats founder Don Chipp,University lecturer Jack Harvey shares his passion, Walk invite for Jeff Kennett). [Photos of Don Chipp, Phil Cleary,Tobi and Chris Kelly, and other dawn walkers]. * Ballarat Courier 8/12/1998, - Eureka day just not for historians , (Editorial re inaugural National Eureka Sunday with comments about the program and the participation of many who are not historians). * Ballarat Courier 8/12/1998, - 'Children' threaten Eureka walk, (Paul Murphy declares that 'Eureka's Children' group would disrupt next years National Eureka Day Dawn Walk unless group criticisms of the 1998 program are heeded and changes made. Janet Dore states that Council noted advice from several community groups in setting the program). [Photo of 1998 dawn walkers]. * Ballarat Courier 9/12/1998, - Donors vital part of Eureka centre, (Dr Jan Penney, Manager of the Eureka Centre, praised donors towards cost of the Centre and the exhibits in contradiction of an article by Paul Murphy of 'Eureka's Children' group). [Photo of Dr Jan Penney]. * Ballarat Courier 9/12/1998, - Dawn Walk will continue to grow , (Editorial comment on Paul Murphy's criticism of the recent commemoration of Eureka Day including the date, the march, and use of the southern cross). * Ballarat Courier 9/12/1998, - People and Places: Eureka Dawn Walk [photographs of Dawn Walk participants, including Don Chipp and Jack Harvery * Ballarat Courier 17/12/1998, - Spirit of cooperation set up Eureka centre , (City of Ballarat chief executive officer Janet Dore gives the council's point of view on the story behind the Eureka Stockade centre, perhaps prompted by Paul Murphy's recent statements, : many individuals have participated cooperatively, the state and federal governments have cooperated as have the Eureka Stockade Memorial Trust Committee, the Eureka Project Special Committee, the Centre Historic Contents sub-committee, the Eureka's Children group, community donors, the Eureka Stockade Advisory Committee, and the Sovereign Hill Museums Association). [Photos of the Eureka Stockade centre, and Janet Dore]. * Ballarat Courier 13/2/1999, - Leaky Eureka Centre leaves visitors out in cold, (Leaky ceiling leads to closure of Eureka Stockade Centre at about 2.30pm yesterday after extremely high rainfall despite much work done on earthen wall after earlier trouble). [Photo of Dr Jan Penny in the Centre Cafe and a bucket catching water]. * Melbourne Weekly, 1-7 March 1999 - Ballarat's Eureka Stockade (overview of the Eureka Stockade centre, archaeology) [Photo of Eureka sail on the Eureka Stockade centre] * Sunday Age 7/11/1999, - Maintaining the Eureka rage, (Paul Heinrichs meets the heirs of Australia's first republicans; discussion of republican pressures and other community views in relation to the Eureka rebellion, assuming Paul H is the author of the article). [Photo of Veterans of the Eureka rebellion at a reunion in 1904 and photo of 'Eureka's Children' Robert Dublet. John Ireland, Christine Gillespie and Paul Murphy unfurling a Eureka flag at the Old Melbourne Gaol - cross purposes ?] * Family Salutes a Link with History by Tony Wright (John King descendants) [Owen and John King hold a Eureka Flag] * Eureka Children Claim Historic Flag Was Stolen by Rohan Wade (contends Eureka Flag was unlawfully removed from the Eureka Stockade. * The Making of a Eureka Myth by Tom Evans (too much emphasis on the role of Eureka in the move to Australian Independence) * Ballarat Courier, 06/12/1999 - Brave Terrier's Statue Unveiled by Peter Litras (Article about the statue to the Pikeman's Dog which was unveiled at the Eureka Stockade Centre by Victorian Premier, Steve Bracks. * Ballarat Courier 03/12/1999 - Streets to Light Up on Eureka Sunday (Article on the Eureka Dawn Walk and lanterns. The walk was attended by Irish Ambassador Richard O'Brien , and Federal Senator for Victoria Tsebin Tchen). * Ballarat Courier 1/2/2000, - Eureka myths, (Tom Evans, historian and former member of parliament, writes we should be wary of large claims about the significance of Eureka in the development of the Australian spirit). [Photo of Eureka/an artists impression, and photo of Historian Tom Evans]. * Ballarat Courier ~March 2000, - Monument to Eureka, (Peter Butters discusses the Eureka monument in relation to ecology of the Stockade reserve with particular reference to tree removal). [Photo of early view of Eureka monument]. * Ballarat courier 30 April 2000, - Eureka Stockade work a family tradition (Alex Barnett comments on his recent award of an OAM), [photo of Alex Barnett and new Eureka Centre]. * Ballarat Courier 13 May 2000, - In Retrospect (para 3 re 'Mrs Anne Franks'). * Balalrat Courier 18/07/2000 - Eureka Group Wants Headstone Removed by Lyndal Reading (Article about the headstone to the drummer boy, John Egan, erected in the Ballaarat Old Cemetery in 1988. Dorothy Wickham's research discovered that the drummer boy did not die as the result of a pre-Eureka inceident, therefore Eureka's Children called for the gravestone to be removed.) [Photo of Paul Murphy and the headstone] * Ballarat Courier 29 November 2000, - Eureka Guide to December 3, 1854 (four pages of articles, adverts and photos including authors Angela Carey, Joy King, Tom Evans, Anne Beggs Sunter, Bob O'Brien, Steve Bracks, Peter Kennedy and Weston Bate). * Ballarat Courier 12 December 2000, - Union should bow out of Eureka Debate (Tom Evans letter). * Ballarat Courier ~2002, - Eureka Stockade a Family Tradition (Alex Barnett receives OAM), [Photo of Alex and new Eureka Centre]. * Ballarat Courier, 30 October 2002 - Democracy's debt to goldfields pioneer by Paul Williams [photo of J.B. Humffray and a number of people around Humffray's grave] * Ballarat Courier, 03 December 2002 - Unfit to Fly by Mariza Fiamengo - Failed attempts to fly the Eureka Flag at Parliament House, Canberra) *Ballarat Courier 10 December 2002 – Charter Campaign rewrites history, by Tom Evans, including an image from Doudiet. * Ballarat Courier 31 July 2002, - No Right From Eureka (Mjner's Right and Australian Democracy not 'born at Eureka'), letter by Tom Evans. * Ballarat Courier, 07 September 2002 - Statue to honour Italian Eureka democracy fighter by Julia Hodges. (Preliminary sketches for a statue of Raffaello Carboni by Gary Anderson) [Preliminary sketch for statue] * Ballarat Courier 10 December 2002, - Charter Campaign Rewrites History (Eureka did not gain democracy for Victoria), article by Tom Evans, [Photo of C.Doudiet's sketch of soldiers at Eureka Stockade.] * Herald Sun, 04 April 2003 - Rebels with a cause * Ballarat Courier 5 August 2003, - Bloodline claim to Eureka irrelevant (Denial of claim by 'Eureka Children' that they know best about interpretation of Eureka), article by Dr Paul Laffey. * Ballarat Courier 21 August 2003, - Information session on Eureka Gardens (Notice of public meeting at Eureka Centre), * Ballarat Courier 24 October 2003, - Which is the true Eureka version ? (argument that there is only one true Eureka story), [letter by Tom Evans]. * Ballarat Courier 28 October 2003, - Many threads in a complex fabric (criticism of Tom Evans' case for the one true version of Eureka), letter by Ken Clements. * Ballarat Courier, 2004 - Australia Port Stamp Issue: Eureka 'spirit' honoured - stamps issued for 150th anniversary * Ballarat Courier, 2004 - Think About the Ideals by Dot Wickham (Ballarat reform League, Chartism (photo of military reenactors in the Ballaarat Old Cemetery) * Ballarat Courier, 2004 - The Flames that Lit Eureka by Peter Butters (burning of the Eureka Hotel) * Ballarat Courier 27 January 2004, - Democracy not born at Eureka (Claim that England granted 'Australian' colonies democracy two years before the Eureka battle), letter by Tom Evans. * Ballarat Courier 4 February 2004, - Forget Eureka, what about Westminster ? (Denial that Eureka was the birthplace of Australian democracy), letter by Tom Jobling, [plus Eureka flag cartoon and sundry other letters]. * Ballarat Courier 23 February 2004, - Eureka coin makes its mark (Minting of $1 coins to mark 150th anniversary of Eureka Stockade), report by Katie Maheras, [Photo of coin]. * Ballarat Courier 2004, -Eureka is for one and all (Eureka provides inspiration for many different ideologies but is not owned by any of them), Senator John Faulkner expresses his view about Eureka, [photo of new Eureka centre during recent dawn walk]. * Ballarat Courier ~2004, - Eureka : from the horse's mouth (An account by W Bourke of the Eureka fight as recorded in the Courier of 2 December 1904), one article in a series by Dot Wickham, [photo of Eureka veterans at 1904 jubilee celebrations, and photo of sketch of Eureka site]. * Eureka! The Past Gets a New Image with a Telling Makeover (an article by David Rood on historian Clare Wright's postdoctoral thesis 'Eureka's Women: An intimate History of Sex, Class and Culture on the Victorian Goldfields'. * The Sunday Age 31 October 2004 'Eureka: A job worth doing weld' (An article by Claire Miller on the 150th anniversary sculpture by Anton Hasell in the Eureka Stockade Gardens) * The Age 23 October 2004, - The Eureka Myth (An article by James Button discussing the meaning of the gold-rush uprising), [photos of tattered Eureka flag, impression of crowd hailing defendant after treason acquittal, and Peter Lalor actor; and copy of Mark Twain's famous 1890s quote re Eureka]. *`Ballarat Courier 27 October 2004, - Eureka flag to fly during historic journey to ice continent ('Ice Maidens' plan trek to South Pole), [Photo of 'Ice Maidens' and Minister Mary Delahunty, and modern version of Eureka flag]. * Ballarat Courier 1 November 2004, - Eureka 150th Anniversary Conference Dinner (Guest Speaker Gough Whitlam at University of Ballarat on 26 November), [Images of version of Eureka flag, and logos of Victoria, Eureka Spirit 150, City of Ballarat, and University of Ballarat]. * Ballarat Courier 5 November 2004, - Sculpture evokes life at Eureka (Interpretive sculpture titled 'Eureka Circle' by Dr Anton Hasell is being erected in Eureka Gardens), [Photo of Dr Hasell and image of the sculpture). * Ballarat Courier 5 November 2004, Plenty of stitches in time help re-create the history of Eureka (Eureka Women's Sewing Circle making banners based on the Eureka flag, report by Karen McCann), [Photo of Maisie Spry, Nancy Taite, Shirlie Jones, Thelma Lyle, Heather Caddy and a banner; and a photo of Marion Macleod at work]. * Ballarat Courier 6 November 2004, - A rich vein of golden history (An account by Dot Wickham about the history of the Eureka Lead; another in 'The Rest is History' series ), [Photo of Peter Butters, Eric Andrews, Dot Wickham and Tom Evans at old Eureka Lead; and photo of author Dot Wickham]. * Ballarat Courier 11 November 2004, - Historic miners' charter honoured in parliament (Copy of Reform League Charter to be presented to State Parliament and Professor Weston Bate will unveil a plaque at Bakery Hill commemorating the Ballarat Reform League; report by Jason Shields). * Ballarat Courier 11 November 2004, - Our 'priceless' Eureka flag (Article by Professor Garry Carnegien re estimates of monetary value of the flag), [image of tattered Eureka flag]. * Ballarat Courier 11 November 2004, - Eureka 150 (Feature coming in The Courier on 24 November), [Images of City of Ballarat and The Courier logos]. * Ballarat Courier 12 November 2004, - Eureka rebellion all about justice (Letter by Des Williams criticising Tom Evans' altered quotations, and stressing the injustices that existed before Eureka and that the miners charged over the affair were found to be not guilty). * Ballarat Courier 12 November 2014, - Eureka retains a special place in modern Victoria (Editorial comments on the high interest in the coming 150th anniversary of Eureka and lists some of the commemorative events planned). * Ballarat Courier 12 November 2004, - Charter vital to history : Bracks (Article by Jason Shields asserting that the Ballarat Reform League Charter is a landmark document in the history of our nation, quoting Steve Bracks, David Vendy and others) [Photo of Mayor David Vendy and L.A. Speaker Judy Maddigan; photo of replica Eureka flag flying over Parliament House; photo of Weston Bate and John Semmens unveiling Reform League plaque; copy of 'Call for freedom' from 1854 Ballarat Times; and advert for 'the scenes of Eureka' to be in the courier on 24 November]. * Ballarat Courier 13 November 2004, - Wanted: people to fly flags (Flag-bearers Needed for Parade of Nations as part of Eureka 150 celebrations). * Ballarat Courier 16 November 2004, - Latham to visit Eureka 150, while PM says no (Federal government appears to be snubbing Eureka’s significance, and Anarchists Demand an an apology for the Eureka ‘massacre’; article by Michael Ruffles) [Image of replica Eureka flag to be raised at Bakery Hill for the Monster Meeting simulation]. * Ballarat Courier 16 November 2004, - Democracy on display (Article by Eugene Kneebone re University of Ballarat Conference on democracy as part of Eureka 150 celebrations) [Image of Conference guests Weston Bate and Gough Whitlam]. * Ballarat Courier 20 November 2004, - But wait there’s more (Article by Peter Dwyer in ‘The State We’re In’ series, great Ballarat Events with another coming soon in the Eureka 150 celebrations) [Image of tattered Eureka flag]. * Ballarat Courier 20 November 2004, - Broadcast for Eureka (Ballarat Amateur Radio Group to broadcast worldwide carefully researched stories of Eureka from 27 November to 5 December) [Image of advert ‘The Stories of Eureka’]. * Ballarat Courier 20 November 2004, - PM sends Eureka message (A report by Karen McCann outlining John Howard’s view that Eureka was central to the development of the nation as an independent democratic country) [Image of PM John Howard]. * Ballarat Courier 22 November 2004, - Conference boost. under page heading ‘The Stories of Eureka 150, November 24 (Report by Michael Ruffles that Richard Franklin, Martin Kingham and Susan Mitchell would also speak at the University Democracy Conference, that Geoff Howard had presented a Eureka flag to Canadian Lead Primary School and spoken to the students about the significance of Eureka, that about 600 aborigines were living in the Ballarat area 50 years before 1854, and that a group of about 40 people would walk from Bendigo to Ballarat along the Great Dividing Trail arriving at the Eureka Reserve on 5 December) [Images of Martin Kingham, Susan Mitchell, Jose Ramos-Horta and Marjorie Mowlam]. * Ballarat Courier 23 November 2004, - CELEBRATION TOURISM BOOM (Front page article by Catherine Best, Massive influx expected for Eureka 150 commemoration, comments on various aspects of the program) [Image of Kim Rowe at Ballarat Visitor Information Centre]. * Ballarat Courier 23 November 2004, - Eureka 159 (Article by Catherine Best, Alcohol ban at major events, Sovereign Hill special show of ‘Blood on the Southern Cross’ sold-out; and report by Simon Gladman about addition of colour to activities by 10 volunteers sewing 50 decorative banners) [Cartoon re troops demanding their rum ration, Images of Marion MacLeod and Shirley Jones working on banners]. * Ballarat Courier 23 November 2004, - Show to go north following success, under page heading ‘Eureka 150’ (Article by Karen McCann re musical production titled ‘Eureka’, section re Sebastopol College flying Eureka flag proudly, and editorial comment about Courier publication ‘Eureka 150’ including contributions by Dot Wickham, Anne Beggs Sunter and Weston Bate) [Cartoon re Sydney understanding of Eureka, Images of Peter Dwyer, David Ellery and Ron Egeberg with a copy of the Eureka 150 publication, and images of Catherine King raising a flag at Sebastopol College with student Dellaram Jamli watching]. * Ballarat Courier 24 November 2004 - Eureka 150 Inside Today (page 1 heading advertising enclosed publication). * Ballarat Courier 24 November 2004 – Eureka 150 (Public invited to open forum, an article by Catherine best; Memorabilia goes on display, items from 125th anniversary display; Meeting to mark spirit of ‘fair go’, at Maritime Union meeting in Melbourne on 1 December; and Author shares insight, John Molony spoke at ACUB on 22 November), [Image of Pearl May, Bruce Bartrop, Doug Sarah, and Peter Davies with Eureka memorabilia; Listing of the 150th celebrations Program]. * Ballarat Courier 24 November 2004 – Let us simply enjoy Eureka (Letter by Allistair McCoy re cost of Eureka celebrations and government attitude to the Eureka affair). * Ballarat Courier 25 November 2004 – Eureka 150 (Delegates gather to discuss democracy, article by Catherine Best; Eureka history drama display in exhibition at Ballarat fine art gallery, article by Michael Ruffles; Sovereign Hill prepares for a rush of visitors, article by Michael Ruffles including comments by Jeremy Johnson), [Image of Gordon Morrison preparing the Eureka exhibition; listing of Eureka 150 Program]. * Ballarat Courier 25 November 2004 – Eureka 150 IT’S HERE (Page 1 article by Michael Ruffles re the first of eleven days of celebration) [Image of Jeroen Boersma, Peter Bray, and Chris Zakynthinos celebrating Sovereign Hill’s recent Tourism awards success]. * Ballarat Courier 25 November 2004 – Eureka 150, Spirit lives on:unions (Article by Michael Ruffles outlining union involvement in the celebrations) [Image of Brian Boyd and Graeme Shearer at Ballarat Trades Hall]. * Ballarat Courier 25 November 2004 – Personal feelings over proven facts (Letter by Tom Evans re Eureka rebels’ plans to plunder and destroy Ballarat after annihilating the Government camp). * Ballarat Courier 26 November 2004 – Latham Fires Up Launch (Eureka 150 conference underway in report by Catherine Best; On track for name change in report by Karen McCann, Steve Bracks supported a name change for the Ballarat train line to Eureka train line) [Image of Mark Latham and simulated flag on Eureka Centre]. * Ballarat Courier 26 November 2004 – Eureka 150 page 7 reports by Michael Ruffles (Italians honoured, concert to celebrate contribution of Italians to life on the goldfields 150 years ago; Campaigning to ditch our colony status by Peter Consandine through speaking about Eureka from a Republican perspective; Putting the Redcoat perspective by Lt Col Neil Smith) [Image of Peter Consandine]. * Ballarat Courier 26 November 2004 – Eureka 150 (Reports by Catherine Best, Alcohol ban dumped after Council plan defeated; Sailors to march in Ballarat from frigate HMAS Ballarat; Pupils in own dawn walk at Grainery Lane Theatre; Festivities move into top gear with official opening and start of formal program; MP fires up launch from page 1) [Image of six Wendouree Primary School pupils rehearsing Dawn Walk re-enactment; listing of remaining Program]. *Ballarat Courier 27 November 2004 – Eureka 150 (Symbolic hand-over, report of symbolic replicas of ‘Miner’s rights’; Call for Redcoats to return to UK, Paul Murphy claims that bodies of Redcoats killed at Eureka should be exhumed and sent to Britain but Ron Egeberg and Peter Lalor II disagree) and [Image of Theo Theophanous and Geoff Strang with commemorative Miners’ Right and image of Cr Stephen Jones with Redcoat models and Eureka Centre in background]. *Ballarat Courier 27 November 2004 – From many lands to Ballarat’s goldfields (Article by Dot Wickham in ‘The rest is History series’, various nationalities and major ideas featured in the Eureka story) and [Image of author Dot, and Image of Chinese at goldfields from Doudiet painting]. *Ballarat Courier 27 November 2004 – Eureka 150 (Diversity honoured, report by Emma-Kate Rickard of concert at Mining Exchange which celebrated the harmony between people of different nationalities at Eureka) and [Image of crowd watching ‘Wave the Flag’ concert at Mining exchange, and listing of Eureka 150 Program] *Ballarat Courier 27 November 2004 – Eureka 150 (Charter our ‘Declaration’, report by Catherine Best quoting remarks by Steve Bracks, Kerry Cox, Jose Ramos Horta, Gustav Nossal, and Alexandra Curtain at first day of Democracy conference) and [Images of these people]. *Ballarat Courier 29 November 2004 – Eureka 150 (‘Bakery Hill lights up once again’, commemorations of the 29 November 1854 Monster Meeting at Bakery Hill Ballarat and also at Federation Square Melbourne in article by Michael Ruffles, and report on ‘Musical tribute to Italians’, David Volk explained the tribute to the contribution made by Italians at Eureka and in the multicultural Ballarat), [Image of Hugh McKelvey, Alison Thompson, Peggy Ludt-Nash and Sarah Walters, and Italian flag]. *Ballarat Courier 29 November 2004,page 6 - Eureka 150 (‘Diverse views get a hearing’, report by Catherine Best of forum discussing claims of some groups that they are underrepresented in Australian democracy; ‘Call for more politics at school’ in report of talk by Adam Spencer; ‘For democracy, just listen; Dr Mowlam’, government must listen to the people, in report by Catherine Best), [Images of Tan Le, Adam Spencer, Marjorie Mowlam and remainder of Eureka 150 Program]. *Ballarat Courier 30 November 2004 – Eureka 150 (‘Monster of a day for city’, report by Catherine Best re yesterday’s re-enactment of the Monster Meeting, the first raising of the Eureka flag, the burning of licences, the march by 16 national flag-bearers, the swearing of the digger’s oath, the release of homing pigeons as a symbol of hope and peace; ‘Descendant travels from England for big occasion’, and report of participation in Eureka 150 by great-great-grandson of Alfred Madocks, Tony Fyson, from England), [Images of raising of Eureka flag, Youth team carrying Eureka flag along Victoria Street to Bakery Hill, and Tony Fyson]. *Ballarat Courier 30 November, page 7 – Eureka 150 (‘Goldfields history retold in exhibition’ report by Michael Ruffles of “Eureka Revisited-The Contest of Memories” exhibition at The Ballarat Fine Art Gallery, curated by Ann Beggs-Sunter, unveiled by Minister Mary Delahunty; ‘Critical documents go on show’, report by Joan Hunt that replicas of Ballarat Reform League Charter, miners’ resolutions and advertisement for the Monster meeting are on show at the PROV Ballarat Archives Centre; and ‘Senator seeks support to fly Eureka flag in Canberra’ Gavin Marshall tells of plan to get Eureka flag raised in Senate Foyer on Friday), [Images of Mary Delahuntly with art exhibit, Dot Wickham with small replica of Eureka flag, and list of remaining Program events]. *Ballarat Courier 1 December 2004 – A typical Australian turning point that all of us can honour (article by Michael Easson urging that the Eureka Stockade should appeal to conservatives as well as Laborites). *Ballarat Courier 1 December 2004, page 8 – Eureka 150 (‘Golden chance to recall the 1850s’ article by Michael Ruffles re Australian Gold Panning Championships, including flat-pan section, in Ballarat this coming weekend; ‘Experience the tension leading to the battle’ through Eureka type activities at Sovereign Hill this weekend; ‘Redcoats unsung heroes’ Neil Smith advocates that Redcoats be recognised for doing their duty as they understood it), [Images of actors as Peter Lalor and some Miners after Monster Meeting, Neil Smith with Alister Smith and Matthew Dowler, and List of remaining Program events]. *Ballarat Courier 1 December 2004 – Eureka 150 (‘Flag flies Friday’ report by Michael Ruffles that Eureka flag will fly in foyer of Australian Senate on Friday; ‘All’s fair in war and collecting’ article re 17th Eureka Collectables and Militaria Fair planned for this weekend; ‘Encyclopaedia of a rebellion’ publication to be released at weekend, it carries stories of the ordinary people of Eureka), [Images of Nick Smith and David Wright with military memorabilia, and Catherine King, Justin Corfield, Clare Gervasoni and Dorothy Wickham with copies of ‘Eureka Encyclopaedia’ *Ballarat Courier 2 December 2004 page 1 – REUNITE THE FLAG (Premier’s Eureka 150 Plea, Michael Ruffles reports on Steve Bracks’ call that all fragments of the Eureka flag be returned to Ballarat) [Images of part of Eureka flag, Catherine King and Steve Bracks]. *Ballarat Courier 2 December 2004 page 3 – Eureka 150 (Concern at choice of Hicks, report by Andrew Jefferson about the father of David Hicks being named to lead the Dawn Walk on Sunday; Pride of Southern Cross flies on top of the world, report by John Murphy and John McMahon of a recent trip to the Himalayas with a replica Eureka flag; Democracy symbol has parliamentary approval, Michael Ruffles reports that Catherine King has negotiated for a Eureka flag to be flown in foyer of House of Representatives on Friday; Push to reunite pieces of the scattered flag, continued from Page 1) [Images of Terry Hicks, John Murphy and John McMahon with Eureka flag in front of mountains, and Catherine King]. *Ballarat Courier 2 December 2004 page 5 – Eureka 150 (Navy rekindles local bond, report by Michael Ruffles of ‘HMAS Ballarat’ taking part in Eureka celebrations including a return to Sebastopol College by ex-student Daniel Hooper; A very charitable crew, HMAS Ballarat crew members assisted several local charities and schools on Wednesday; Eureka celebrations go live on radio, ABC and SBS will broadcast features from the Olympic program) [Images of Kayleigh Lord and Seahawk helicopter, Daniel Lord and Sharon Mudge with some St Aloysius students, and Daniel Hooper at Sebastopol College]. *Vanguard 1 December 2004 – page 1, Eureka diggers showed the way (Oppose aggression, Action precipitated political development, Essential services under attack, Better quality of life and Cultural Identity is important) [diagram of Australia with image of Eureka flag superimposed]. Showed *Ballarat Courier 2 December 2004 – LETTERS TO EDITOR (Eureka conference cost not egalitarian, letter by Frank Williams protesting about $660 registration fee for international conference being held at the University of Ballarat). *Ballarat Courier 3 December 2004 – Eureka (Cover page 1, 1923 memorial listing names of Diggers and Soldiers who died at Eureka, Cover “pages 2 &3” opinions of 20 notables re meaning of Eureka in 2004, and “page 4” the diggers’ oath.) [Images of the deceased’s names, images of the 20 surveyed, and words of the diggers’ oath]. *Ballarat Courier 3 December 2004 – EDITORIAL (Debate keeps Eureka alive and healthy in discussion re Australian democracy). *Ballarat Courier 3 December 2004 – LETTERS TO THE EDITOR (Eureka should never have happened in letter by Cordell Kent re adequacy of the courts, Different attacks on the same problem in letter by Don Woodward re J B Humffray and Peter Lalor, and Eureka expense a waste of money in letter by Raymond Morris re lack of interest in Eureka by most Australians.) *Ballarat Courier 3 December 2004 – Eureka 150 (Page 3 Hicks walk anger, report by Karen McCann re continuing public debate about Terry Hicks’ participation in the dawn walk; page 3 Bracks questions dawn route, perhaps it should not start from the soldiers camp site ?, and also on page 3 A great occasion for Ballarat in which Steve Bracks notes why it is also a great occasion for Australia; page 4 Crew free to sail in any time, in Catherine Best’s report of Freedom of City to crew of HMAS Ballarat; United report of Indigenous smoking ceremony; page 4 Message reaches across the country in report by Andrew Jefferson of reception held on Thursday evening attended by Mary Delahuntley and Steve Bracks; page 5 Hundreds expected to gather in article by Catherine Best about the dawn ceremony and other events planned for Eureka day) [Images of Terry Hicks, Margaret Mavety, Kylie Newland, Brian Molloy, Brad O’Neill, Steve Bracks, cartoon of David Hicks’ dawn walk in a prison cell, Andy Barnes, David Hunter, Geoff Clark, Shirahan Brown, Ted Lovett, Steve Bracks]. *Ballarat Courier 4 December 2004 – Eureka 150 (Descendants back Hicks in report by Karen McCann quoting comments by members of the Lalor family; Flag displayed in Britain, Activists forum in city tonight, King urges all to reflect; Family reflects on its historic link in quotes by Des and Sadie Morrish) [Images of cartoon re site of Eureka Stockade. Des Morrish at Anastasia Hayes’ gravesite]. *Ballarat Courier 4 December 2004 page 1 – DAWN AT THE EUREKA (Report by Catherine Best of the gathering at ‘Eureka Stockade’ yesterday morning, cont. on page 2) [Image of dawn ceremony, firelight people and Eureka Centre]; (page 2 – Eureka 150, Hundreds turn out at dawn, cont. from page 1 report and comments re the ceremony on the edge of Lake Penhalluriak within the Stockade Reserve; Baker’s spirit returns to hill as Bruce Gow tells of his ancestor John Balderston being the original baker at Bakery Hill) and [Images of Lake Penhalluriak including the huge Eureka flag model, wreath laying, warmth from fire, choir of 170 singers, and Bruce Gow with portrait of John Balderston]. *Ballarat Courier 4 December page 5 - Eureka 150 (Workers walk off the job, report by Michael Ruffles of protest by ‘Eureka Tiles’ workers yesterday while the shindig was proceeding; Echoes of Freedom beat rises, report by Andrew Jefferson of Friday night concert and plans for a musical Saturday; and Sharing historic stories, Annie Stewart told stories of the goldfields to primary students at Central Highlands Regional Library yesterday) and [Images of Kelly McMeeken and Keziah Burns dancing, and Hugh Masekela performing]. *Australian 4 December 2004 – Tension over Hicks’ father at Eureka (Letters from Leigh Matters, George Finlay. John Dobinson, and Raymond Morris). *Ballarat Courier 4 December 2004 – The State We’re In (Gone, but never forgotten, article by Peter Dwyer featuring the death and destruction but also the inspiration of Eureka) and [Image of children of Youth Co-ordination Team carrying replica Eureka Flag to Bakery Hill for Monster meeting simulation]. *Ballarat Courier 4 December 2004 – Weekend Features (From Eureka to Gallipoli, article by Anne Beggs Sunter re the grave of Joseph Peter Lalor at Gallipoli, he was a grandson of ‘Eureka’ Peter Lalor, Mount Clear Secondary College had developed a relationship with Gallipoli Anatolian High School and a group of MCSC personnel had taken a photo of the J P Lalor grave) and [Image of Captain Peter Lalor’s grave at Gallipoli with flowers from MCSC and GAHS]. *Ballarat Courier 6 December 2004 page 1 – Eureka 150 (Celebration huge success, report by Michael Ruffles outlining the extensive program and the world wide coverage it had received) and [Images of Deborah Conway singing at Echoes of Freedom Festival of Music, Leo Howard rode in car instead of walking, and local Prospectors placed modern day information about prospecting and mining in a time capsule to be opened at 200th Eureka Anniversary]. *Ballarat Courier 6 December 2004 page2 – Eureka 150 (Event a huge success, continued from page 1; History’s echo felt, article by Karen McCann mentioning local individuals with links to Eureka people : Leo Howard grandson of Patrick Howard, Val D’Angri great grand daughter of Anastasia Withers, Colin Holmes whose wife was a descendant of a nine year old boy at Eureka, Gary Winstanley a leading unionist, and Peter Lalor great great grandson of ‘Eureka Peter Lalor’; and Bells take their toll on the weary ringers, report of the Town Hall bell-ringers who kept the bells ringing all through the Eureka weekend) and [Images of Eureka March from Bakery Hill to the Eureka Centre on Saturday, Leo Howard, Norm Hand, Ron Furlonger, and Fergus McLaren]. *Ballarat Courier 6 December 2004 page 3 – Eureka 150 (Songs of justice draw thousands, report of music festival by Karen McCann; Walkers complete trek, report by Simon Goodwin of the ‘Follow the Southern Cross walk’ along the Great Dividing Trail from Bendigo arriving at the Eureka Centre yesterday) and [Images of George Telek on stage, Steve Moneghetti, Rosie Annear, and Patricia Grant, Adam Simmons musician, and Grand Union Band at Music festival]. *Ballarat Courier 6 December 2004 page 4 – Eureka 150 (Flag plea rebuffed, report by Andrew Jefferson that State Library of Victoria will not hand over a piece of the original Eureka flag and news of other fragments; Special day reaps gold find, report of John Campbell’s nugget found on Friday; and Miners leave time capsule for 200th, report by Karen McCann of prospecting and mining equipment being sealed in a time capsule) and [Images of John Campbell with his nugget, and prospectors with the time capsule]. *Ballarat Courier 6 December 2004 page 5 – Eureka 150 (Hicks firm despite jeers, report by Michael Ruffles of Friday’s Dawn Walk by almost 800 people led by Terry Hicks; Redcoats recall soldiers, wreath laid to honour the soldiers killed at Eureka; tour of graves a chance to remember ancestors, Callinan family had four ancestors at Eureka and 30 members of this family joined over 100 others in a tour of the Old Ballarat Cemetery) and [Images of Terry Hicks at Dawn Walk, Peter Cox dressed as a Redcoat, and Leigh Callinan at Old Ballarat Cemetery]. *Ballarat Courier 7 December 2004 page 8 – Eureka Celebration a magnificent event (para congratulating all who assisted in the 150th anniversary activities to ensure that the events of December 1854 will be elevated in the minds of Australians; and Eureka precinct is splendid, letter from Ron Marshall congratulating the City Council and staff for the good condition of the Eureka precinct). *Ballarat Courier 10 December 2004 – Eureka Flag should not fly in Canberra (Letter by Bev Hoath arguing that the Eureka flag is an expensive stunt by ALP for political purposes). *Ballarat Courier 11 December 2004 – letters re Eureka ( Hicks and Eureka: where’s the link ?, by Denis Bateman; Reckless Eureka claim repudiated, by Tom Evans). *Ballarat Courier 13 December 2004 page 8 – letters re Eureka ( What does PM find offensive in Eureka ? by Ian Braybrook; Hicks should not have been asked, by Brenda Rawlins; Hicks hijacked true meaning of Eureka, by Michael G Kershaw; and Peter Tobin would be grinning wryly, by Maree Harrison). *Ballarat Courier 13 December 2004 – [Image of Arthur Beech and Petera Clamp with flag of Eureka Probus Club]. *Ballarat Courier 16 December 2004 – Hicks choice for Eureka absurd (Letter by Jason Hamilton putting the case that Hicks should not have had a role in Eureka celebrations). *Ballarat Courier 17 December 2004 – letters re Eureka (Celebrations have silenced the critics, by Colin a Holmes; Time to rescue our Eureka flag, by Kevin Jackson). *Ballarat Courier 20 December 2004 – Figures don’t back the Eureka myth, letter by Robert Carter. *Ballarat Courier 21 December 2004 – View of Eureka is misguided, letter by Mark Mitchell. Book 3 - 2018 onwards *Ballarat News 30 November 2005 - Eureka Week 2005, Reflections of Eureka, (Centre) open free on Eureka Day. [Image of Eureka Centre and open day advert.] *Ballarat Courier ~2006 – Stalwart of Eureka Street. Notes of interview with Alex Barnett. * The Age, 02 September 2006 - Gripping Diary Captures Pivotal Moments in Australian History by Karen Kissane. Article on the Samuel Lazarus Diary. Includes image by J.B. Henderson. * Ballarat Courier, 02 December 2006 - Multicultural Eureka by Dorothy Wickham - Eureka Stockade participants came from 18 cultures. *Ballarat Courier ~April 2008 – Eureka: make it a centre of attention. Article by Eugene Kneebone in ‘Kneejerk’ series as Chairman of CHACC; “… the Eureka Centre in 1997 could never achieve its vision. The funding package was simply insufficient to design, build and equip a national icon.” *Ballarat Courier 28 November 2009 – Goldfields tension leads to battle, article by Dot Wickham in ‘The rest is history’ series’. [Image of 2004 Eureka Day celebration]. *Ballarat Courier 14 April 2010 – Eureka Centre is flagging, article by Meg Rayner, new Museum for Australian Democracy work stalls. [Image through cut wire of flagless new centre]. *Ballarat Courier 13 May 2010 – Ballarat Visitor Information Centre …on the Move Again, [Image of Eureka Centre and two previous locations of Information Centre]. Later page editorial inviting expression of public opinion re suitable location for the Visitor Information Centre. *Ballarat Courier 21 May 2010 - $11m plans unveiled, Redevelopment to double size of Eureka Centre…..to become a national heritage showpiece, article by Kim Quinlan. [Image of design of new look centre]. *Ballarat Courier 26 May 2010 – ‘Sacred Cow’ is a burden to the city, $12m on a new Eureka Centre is crazy: letter to Editor by Bob House, Wendouree. *City of Ballarat Community Magazine June 2010 – Australian Centre for Democracy at Eureka designs now available, [Image of artists impression of the Australian Centre for Democracy at Eureka]. *Ballarat Courier 12 July 2010 – Lighting the Sky, Eureka Centre plans for a night sky flag show; article by Meg Rayner. [Image of Eureka Centre and flagpole]. *Ballarat Courier 13 July 2010 – ‘Web words’ on ‘Opinion’ page re Plan for Eureka Centre flag. *Ballarat Courier 18 August 2010 – Eureka flag to undergo works in SA, page 3 continuation of article from page 1. *Ballarat Courier 18 August 2010 – Original Eureka flag heads to Adelaide for works, ‘On the Move’ page 1 article by Marcus Power, restoration of the flag and construction of a new climate-controlled display case. [Image of the original Eureka flag]. *Ballarat Courier 19 August 2010 - $100,000 set for Eureka Flag work, comments by Marcus Power. Also Flag’s home under scrutiny: invitation for expression of opinion re where the flag should be housed. *Ballarat Courier 19 August 2010 – Our flag will be missed, but conservation is important, Editorial re conservation of the Eureka flag. *Ballarat Courier 20 August 2010 – Lone objector puts $11m Eureka works on hold, report by Marcus Power; and page 2 [Image of artists impression of new Eureka Centre]. *Ballarat Courier 21 August 2010 – Keep flag at gallery for now, article by Angela Carey in series ‘The State We’re In’. [Image of Doudiet’s sketch of Ballarat miners swearing allegiance to the Southern Cross]. *Ballarat Courier 21 August 2010 – Women conserving the flag, outline of the history of the Eureka flag by Anne Beggs Sunter ( in ‘HERSTORY’ series), expressing passionately that the flag after conservation must be returned to the Art Gallery. [Images of Anne, the Eureka Flag and Val D’Angri]. *Ballarat Courier 28 August 2010 - The flag must stay permanently at the gallery, letter from Yvonne Horsfield citing the Eureka Centre as a lemon *Ballarat Courier 30 August 2019 – Sun sets on Icon, visitors farewell Eureka Centre after 12 years of operation and new development to be a Centre for democracy at Eureka; article by Erin Williams. [Images of Anne Hardy, Tracey Coates, Shane Holsgrove, and their views about the Eureka Centre]. *Ballarat Courier 22 September 2010 – Come Oprah, but let’s check our history, letter from Tom Jobling asserting that Eureka had nothing to do with the birth of democracy in Australia. *Ballarat Community Magazine September 2010 – Major conservation works for Eureka Flag, extensive repair and renovation work to be done in Adelaide with cost to be met by City of Ballarat and the National Museum of Australia in Canberra. *Ballarat Courier 27 January 2011 – Democracy Centre works under way, brief outline of soil and other works in preparation for the extending building work to begin in May 2011. *Ballarat Courier 19 February 2011 – Eureka centre works on track, report by Pat Nolan describing recent site works and proclaiming that tens of thousands of students will be able to visit each year. [Image of earthworks near Eureka Centre]. *Ballarat Courier 10 May 2011 – Help decide flag’s home, where will our Eureka icon go when it returns ? Article by Fiona Henderson inviting online expressions of opinions. [Image of Craig Fletcher, Joy King, Maryanne Gooden and Kristin Phillips inspecting work done on the Eureka flag at Artlab in Adelaide. Also, New (governance) structure proposed for (Eureka) centre, article by Fiona Henderson suggesting that the Centre be managed by a limited company rather than by Council; [Image of Eureka Centre and site works]. Page 3 [Image of Eureka flag and ‘Debate fires up’ caption, also images of Art Gallery (option 1) and Eureka Centre (option 2)]. *Ballarat Courier 17 May 2011 – Flag needs home of quiet dignity, letter by John Williams arguing for the Art Gallery to be that home. *Ballarat Courier 21 May 2011 – Flag must stay at art gallery, article by Anne Beggs Sunter (within HERSTORY series) arguing that the Art Gallery is the proper place for the Eureka flag. [Image of the Eureka flag], *Ballarat Courier 21 May 2011 – Two letters (i) Flag’s rightful place is in city’s art gallery, by Ron Batten, and (ii) Dispersed Eureka heritage good for city, by Elizabeth Trudgeon. *Ballarat Courier 12 July 2011 – Flag’s new home, Art Gallery agrees to lend Eureka icon; front page headline. [Image of soldiers with guns aloft in front of the Eureka flag]. And on page 4, Icon to return (on loan) to stockade, article by Tom McIlroy. [Images of the Eureka battle, the flag, the Eureka Centre]. And on page 5, 1895 to 2011 history of Eureka flag with two images of the flag; Seamstress’ connection to the flag dates back to 1854, [Image of Val D’Angri and the flag]; Local firm may win contract to construct the Australian Centre of democracy at Eureka, article by Evan Shuurman * Good Weekend 11 September 2004. [Gough Whitlam holding Eureka FLag, and Val D'Angri stiching a Eureka Flag with a sewing machine. *Ballarat Courier 30 September 2011 – ‘All running smoothly at Eureka site’, news article, [Image of Mayor Craig Fletcher looking at plans for Australian Centre of Democracy at Eureka]. *Ballarat Courier 26 November 2011 – ‘157 years on’. Editorial re coming anniversary. *Ballarat Courier 29 November 2011 p5 – ‘Eureka events this week’. Editorial para re 157th anniversary plans. *Ballarat Courier 2 December 2011 p5 – ‘Eureka in focus (Schools commemorate anniversary)’, report by Colin MacGillivray including some details of this years Eureka anniversary celebrations. *Ballarat Courier 2 December 2011 p1 – ‘It’s Back (Eureka flag’s top-secret return to Gallery)’, report by Brendan Gullifer advising that there was an unveiling of the restored flag today. [Image of Eureka flag prior to restoration]. *Ballarat Courier 2 December 2011 p4 – ‘Flag to return to art gallery’, from p1. The Eureka flag is described as one of the most recognisable symbols of Australian history. *Ballarat Courier 3 December 2011 – ‘Five-star repair (Eureka flag fixed and back in town) and (Stitch in time saves icon)’, reports by Jordan Oliver. [Image of conservator Kristin Phillips inspecting restored flag at Art Gallery of Ballarat]. *Ballarat Courier 3 December 2011 p3 – ‘City reflects on uprising and birth of democracy’, report by Jordan Oliver re 157th Eureka anniversary celebrations. [Image of activities in a history lesson for school pupils at Old Ballarat cemetery]. *Ballarat Courier 3 December 2011 p18 – ‘Eureka Flag returns home’, Web word from Over it praising Val D’Angri’s original restoration of the flag and asserting that it should not be lent to the Australian Centre for Democracy. *Ballarat Courier 4 December 2011 – ‘Spirit of Eureka, Ceremony marks 157 years’. Report by Tom McIlroy. [Image of troops firing a volley in salute of the men and women of Eureka. And Image of troops at the Ballarat Old Cemetery]. *Ballarat Courier 5 December 2011 – ‘Who is making the decisions ?’, letter to Editor from Gerald Jenzen in which he queries the role of the new Museum of Australian Democracy. *Ballarat Courier 1 March 2012 – ‘Query on Management of Eureka Centre plan’, letter to Editor from Gerald Jenzen re Council’s legal obligations in managing this $11m project. *Ballarat Courier 25 April 2012 – ‘Eureka project by year’s end (Centre director not finalised)’, report by Fiona Henderson including comments by Katherine Armstrong (project manager). [Image of construction works at new Eureka Centre]. *Ballarat Courier 17 May 2012 – ‘Project to finish in months ( Early opening expected)’, report by Jordan Oliver of the current stages in various aspects of the works. [Images of New spaces in the Centre, Richard Nicholson looking at the near completed Centre, Councillors inside the Centre, Councillors looking at construction methods, and a staffer levelling concrete]. *Australian 18 August 2012 p22 – ‘Eureka Moment’, Ken Henry compares the circumstances of the Eureka Stockade with present government concern about returns from natural resources. *Ballarat Courier 5 September 2012 – ‘Eureka Flag to feature’, Fiona Henderson reports on comments by deputy Premier Peter Ryan during launch of new M.A.D.E logo. *Ballarat Courier 28 November 2012 p23 - ‘Eureka, Rebellion under the southern cross’, diggers oath from 29 November 1854 and story of Eureka by Program Manager Liz Zelencich. *Ballarat Courier 28 November 2012 p25 – ‘The People of Eureka’, biographical paragraphs of Peter Lalor, Sir Charles Hotham, Rafaello Carboni, J.B. Humfray and James Scobie. [Images of each except cartoon of Scobie.] *Ballarat Courier 4 December 2012 p4 – ‘History, hope and a …. (see p5)’, Democracy museum won’t open until May, Generations keep the Eureka story alive; reports by Pat Nolan. [Images of David Battersby, Paul Murphy and Shane Howard, also Eureka cupcakes]. *Ballarat Courier 4 December 2012 p5 – ‘(see p4)….feeling of solidarity’, Eureka resonates with a modern struggle, Rebel spirit is alive and well; reports and comments by Pat Nolan. [Images of Eureka marchers, supporters at march, flags at march, and advert for Eureka Carols on 16 December]. *Ballarat Courier 5 December 2012 – ‘Time to rally around the flag’, 158 years since their battle, it is time for us reclaim the Eureka flag back from the hard left of the union movement and the rednecks of the right; article by Peter Fitzsimons. [Image of Charles Doudiet’s painting of miners swearing allegiance to the Eureka flag; is there a case to make it the national flag ? ]. *Ballarat Courier 21 January 2013 – ‘Eureka : behind the scenes’, Museum of Australian Democracy opens its doors interim report by Pat Nolan. [Images from inside and surrounds of the new Eureka Centre]. *Ballarat Courier 23 January 2013 – ‘ ‘Disturbing experience at MADE open day’, letter from Kay Wheeler claiming that the Eureka experience has been lost, * 'Flag Piece Home' - Adrian Milane, Jane Smith, Flag remnant [images of Adrian Milane, Jane Scott and the Flag piece]F1997 *Ballarat Courier 5 April 2014 p7 – ‘M.A.D.E. strife as budget blown’, …from p1…report by Rachel Afflick claiming that the centre had expended its annual budget in six months. Also ‘M.A.D.E. Timeline’. *Ballarat Courier 11 April 2014 – ‘M.A.D.E. on a tight deadline’, issues that need to be resolved before 160th anniversary of Eureka in December in article by Ron Egeberg.[Images of interior of new centre]. *Ballarat Courier 5 May 2014 – ‘Rights, freedom made possible’, article by Jane Smith MADE Director explaining how it has evolved in its first 12 months. [Images of the Eureka Flag, MADE plaque and Jane Smith]. *Ballarat Courier 1 December 2014 p1 – ‘Eureka still vital 160 years later’, Celebrations to mark rebellion’s anniversary in article by Nicole Cairns and table of Celebration Events.[Image of part of Ballarat old cemetery]. *Ballarat Courier 1 December 2014 p9 – ‘EUREKA 160 1854 – 2014’ advert for Eureka Day Wednesday Dec 3 commemorative events at M.A.D.E. *Ballarat Courier 2 December 2014 p12 – ‘Eureka rebellion through pupil’s words’, verses by Sonia Vlatkovic of Canberra. *Ballarat Courier 3 December 2014 – ‘Revolutions have a long legacy’, the stockaders have left an enduring legacy in today’s society, in article by Jane Smith. *Ballarat Courier 4 December 2014 p6 – ‘Crowd pays tribute…’, Eureka Anniversary reports by Gav McGrath; Government conspired with police: historian (John Molony), Flag raises rebellion victory query, and Pupils become part of the story. [Image of Eureka flag copy flying above Toorak House (Governor Hotham’s official residence at time of battle. Also image of Gold Commissioner Rede (actor Ian Burton) being heckled by miners (acted by school children)]. *Ballarat Courier 4 December 2014 p7 – Continuation of p6 above. ‘…160 years after battle’ Reports by David Jeans : Recreated flag flies for duration of original fight, and Pikeman’s Dog unveiled at site. [Image of Noel White, Australia’s ambassador to Ireland, at statue memorialising the Pikeman’s Dog. Also image of people watching as Wathaurong elder Uncle Bryon Powell conducts a welcome to Country and Smoking Ceremony ]. *Ballarat Courier 4 December 2014 p13 – ‘Eureka spirit lives on today’, an edited version of speech made by Hon. Steve Bracks at 160th anniversary of Eureka on Wednesday; Steve Bracks was patron of M.A.D.E. and a former Premier of Victoria, [Image of Steve Bracks in front of MADE logo]. *Ballarat Courier 4 December 2014 p15 – ‘Eureka 160 1854 – 2014’, a list of events for 6th and 7th of December, submitted by MADE. *Ballarat Courier 8 December 2014 – ‘Paying respect for democracy’, report by William Vallely re dozens attending graves ceremony in rain at Ballarat Old Cemetery. *Ballarat Courier 23 December 2014 – ‘Eureka Rebellion rekindled’, Miners’ descendants demand ownership of the stockade flag, in article by Gav McGrath in which he refers to statements by Julian Burnside QC. [Image of Eureka flag and image of Julian Burnside beside quote : “The flag never became (Trooper) King’s property, if anything, he took it on behalf of the Crown”]. Also ‘Reward offered for evidence of the battle’s Union Jack flag’, in report by Fiona Henderson. * Flyer, c2014 - Have you seen the Eureka Jack? $10,000 reward offered for further information on this flag. The Eureka Jack is believed to be a Union Jack flag hoisted beneath the Eureka Flag on the morning of 03 December 1854. * Ballarat Courier 23 December 2014. Miners descendants demand ownership of the Stockade flag. Julian Burnside supports their case. *Ballarat Courier 5 May 2015 – ‘Strengthening the Eureka story’, article by Jane Smith in which she outlines recent statements by leading Australians which indicate that they are aware of Eureka’s role in the development of Australian democracy, [Image of M.A.D.E. logo ]. *Ballarat Courier 30 June 2015 – ‘M.A.D.E. in Ballarat, showcasing Google’, article re MADE joining with 13 other Australian organisations in the Google Cultural Institute. [Image of * Ballarat Courier, 16 April 2016 - Eureka Symbol is still strong by Matthew Dixon [Photograph of Jane Smith in front of the flag] * Ballarat Courier, 16 April 2016 - Flag Meaning Has Been Losnt Among Some/Should Flag Be Protected by Matthew Dixon. [Photograph of Val D'Angri with a fragment of the Eureka Flag. * Ballarat COurier, 23 April 2016 - Tunnell of Tall Tales by Amber Wilson (Storyteller Anne E. Stewart's Eureka ghost story.) [Photograph of Anne E. Stewart] * Ballarat Courier, 06 September 2017 - The drama of the disappearing diorama by Caleb Cluff (Also Lake Elsworth Swimming Pool) This article used this item for research and features images from the news clippings. * The Miner, 01 March 2018 - Council continues its commitment to MADE and the Eureka Story * Ballarat Courier, 22 February 2018 - City of Ballarat votes to wind up MADE and rename it Eureka Centre by Ashleigh McMillan - https://www.thecourier.com.au/story/5243544/city-of-ballarat-votes-to-wind-up-made-and-rename-it-eureka-centre/ * Ballarat Courier, 12 February 2018 - - Decision on future of MADE looms, nine options presented by Rochelle Kirkham. https://www.thecourier.com.au/story/5220740/could-made-become-an-office-space/ * Ballarat Courier, 01 February 2018 - A change of name and a focus on Eureka are the keys to survival by Caleb Cluff - MADE interim CEO Rebecca MacFarling speaks on the survival of MADE - https://www.thecourier.com.au/story/5202742/call-it-the-eureka-museum-says-interim-made-ceo-macfarling/ * Ballarat Courier, 22 March 2018 - MADE to shut doors next week before reopening under City of Ballarat by • Siobhan Calafiore ( Closing of MADE to open as a City of Ballarat facility) - https://www.thecourier.com.au/story/5300446/made-to-shut-doors-next-week-before-reopening-under-city-of-ballarat/ * Ballarat Courier, 12 May 2018 - Full Page advertisement - We the Undersigned believe it is time the Eureka Flag was Returned to the Gallery. Paragraphs written by Ron Radford, Margaret Rich, Kate Redwood, Neville Oddie, Owen and Jim King, Anne Beggs Sunter, Peter Hiscock, Robert Selkirk, Iain Selkirk, and supported by around 50 people including Eric Archer, Konstantin Probst, Luigi and Athalie Bazzani, Liz Blizzard, Gary Bunn, Val D'Angri, Giancarlo Faustini, Andrew Ferry, Clare Gervasoni, Yvonne Horsfield, Bill and Heather Horrocks, Robert and Emma House, Ewan Jones, Dean Kittelty, John Mildren, Phil and Geraldine Roberts, Warwick and Julie Sellens, Christine Sutton, Val Tudball. Kevin and Linda Zibell. eureka, democracy, eureka stockade, ballarat reform league, eureka progress association, eureka stockade memorial park, ballarat, ballarat east, peter lalor, eureka film, eureka reserve, commemoration, centenary, ballaarat old cemetery, ballarat cemetery, diggers' graves, diggers graves, bert o'toole, eureka pool, black hill memorial swimming pool, swiming pool, stockade pool, eureka flag, ballarat fine art gallery, art gallery of ballarat, eureka diorama, tom mccarthy, kevin worthington, eureka stockade hotel, eureka lake, eureka stockade gardens, val d'angri, flag conservation, gough whitlam, eureka progress hall, dorothy wickham, clare gervasoni, anne beggs sunter, keith rash, anastasia withers, gary winstanley, colin holmes, steve bracks, jose ramos horta, gus nossal, alexandra curtain, swimming pool, newsclips, eureka sail, red eureka sail, news clippings, scrap book, ballarat reform league charter, paul murphy, ken clements, john egan, eureka clippings, raffaello carboni, urbino, italu, eureka swimming pool, al grasby, eureka stockade association, gordon cornell, bruce bartrop, alec barnett, alex barnett

This file contains 5 items. A limited edition of a book "A History of the Bentleigh East Primary School No. 2083 formerly Bentleigh formerly East Brighton 1878-1978" published to mark the centenary of the Bentleigh East Primary School celebrated from 1 – 5th August 1978. The book was compiled by the Principal Peter Morris and is a collection of incidents, reminiscences and anecdotes arranged in chronological order to capture the character of the differing periods through which the school passed. It provides an insight to the development of the area and of the school and includes a list of school principals from 1878 – 1978, an honor roll for WW1 students etc. Notes on the Camm family who donated the School Centenary Book A newspaper article on the centenary celebrations. The article is undated and the source is not known. It includes 2 photographs of the celebrations. A name badge for Duchie Laven issued for the centenary. The badge is on pink cardboard. A Black + White school photograph taken in 1948. Josephine and Wilma Newman are identified in the photograph.malane thomas market gardener, atkinson william – head teacher 1878 – 1883, initial school staff, jack margaret, stevens eliza (pupil teacher), water supply, mills henry (prominent head teacher), craig robert district inspector, centre road, primitive methodist church 22/07/1884, tram lines, taylor mr., head teacher list, shelter sheds., joyce colin dr., thiele mr. (head teacher), north road state school, ormond state school no 3074, east bentleigh state school, east brighton state school no. 2083, bentleigh state school no 2083, bentleigh east primary school no 2083, school 213 brighton east, bentleigh elementary school no 2083, bentleigh west state school no 4318, coatesville primary school, tucker road moorabbin primary school, bent thomas sir, honor lists, honour book, awards, snowball o.r. mla gilbert mr. head teacher, brighton gas lighting, sloyd classes, gilbert mr. (head teacher), cross bob (pupil), school strap, henderson w. (district inspector), school rooms, school work books, schools, school concerts, school committees, caretaker’s residence, fencing, higgins a., higgins stan, bentleigh public hall, marriott william (chairman school committee), bentleigh theatre, old scholars, trenches 1937 (slit), donald j.r. (head teacher), war savings certificates, shelter pavilions, bristol units – classrooms, redmond mr (head teacher), school pedestrian crossings, sound systems, school canteen, world war 1914 – 1918, electricity supply, salmagundi, tamrakis socrates, school libraries, railway stations, education, school rolls, market gardens, cattle – nuisance, bushrangers, toll gates, chinese school, chinese community, school curriculum – historical, flora, aborigines, snakes, migrant teachers, japanese language, rats, caretaker’s residences, fencing, cattle, horse racing, caulfield military hospital, advertising, street lighting, anglican school st stephens, chinese christian church arthur’s seat road (now nepean hwy), st john’s anglican church bentleigh, hit & miss hotel, live & let live hotel, plough & harrow hotel, moorabbin district roads board, army huts, higgins stan mr, . marriott william mr, cremean mr. mla, arnett kevin, vanderlaven vanderlaven adrian, vanderlaven josephine, laven fredericha willamena, laven adrian, laven duchie, newman wilma, newman josephine, camm josephine, marshall gladys, neville gladys, holis ivy, monroe victor, duckmanton keith, tram lines - mordialloc sandringham, school paper, public works dept., springthorpe j.w. dr., vosey joseph, camm terry, camm josie, barrenger elsie, bentleigh oval, race course east bentleigh 1899, keys's hotel, unveiling of honor book and cabinet 25/08/1922